| // Code generated by private/model/cli/gen-api/main.go. DO NOT EDIT. |
| |
| package elbv2 |
| |
| import ( |
| "fmt" |
| "time" |
| |
| "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws" |
| "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil" |
| "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request" |
| "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol" |
| "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/query" |
| ) |
| |
| const opAddListenerCertificates = "AddListenerCertificates" |
| |
| // AddListenerCertificatesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the AddListenerCertificates operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See AddListenerCertificates for more information on using the AddListenerCertificates |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the AddListenerCertificatesRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.AddListenerCertificatesRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/AddListenerCertificates |
| func (c *ELBV2) AddListenerCertificatesRequest(input *AddListenerCertificatesInput) (req *request.Request, output *AddListenerCertificatesOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opAddListenerCertificates, |
| HTTPMethod: "POST", |
| HTTPPath: "/", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &AddListenerCertificatesInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &AddListenerCertificatesOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // AddListenerCertificates API operation for Elastic Load Balancing. |
| // |
| // Adds the specified certificate to the specified HTTPS listener. |
| // |
| // If the certificate was already added, the call is successful but the certificate |
| // is not added again. |
| // |
| // To list the certificates for your listener, use DescribeListenerCertificates. |
| // To remove certificates from your listener, use RemoveListenerCertificates. |
| // To specify the default SSL server certificate, use ModifyListener. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's |
| // API operation AddListenerCertificates for usage and error information. |
| // |
| // Returned Error Codes: |
| // * ErrCodeListenerNotFoundException "ListenerNotFound" |
| // The specified listener does not exist. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeTooManyCertificatesException "TooManyCertificates" |
| // You've reached the limit on the number of certificates per load balancer. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeCertificateNotFoundException "CertificateNotFound" |
| // The specified certificate does not exist. |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/AddListenerCertificates |
| func (c *ELBV2) AddListenerCertificates(input *AddListenerCertificatesInput) (*AddListenerCertificatesOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.AddListenerCertificatesRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // AddListenerCertificatesWithContext is the same as AddListenerCertificates with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See AddListenerCertificates for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *ELBV2) AddListenerCertificatesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AddListenerCertificatesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AddListenerCertificatesOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.AddListenerCertificatesRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opAddTags = "AddTags" |
| |
| // AddTagsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the AddTags operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See AddTags for more information on using the AddTags |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the AddTagsRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.AddTagsRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/AddTags |
| func (c *ELBV2) AddTagsRequest(input *AddTagsInput) (req *request.Request, output *AddTagsOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opAddTags, |
| HTTPMethod: "POST", |
| HTTPPath: "/", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &AddTagsInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &AddTagsOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(query.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // AddTags API operation for Elastic Load Balancing. |
| // |
| // Adds the specified tags to the specified Elastic Load Balancing resource. |
| // You can tag your Application Load Balancers, Network Load Balancers, and |
| // your target groups. |
| // |
| // Each tag consists of a key and an optional value. If a resource already has |
| // a tag with the same key, AddTags updates its value. |
| // |
| // To list the current tags for your resources, use DescribeTags. To remove |
| // tags from your resources, use RemoveTags. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's |
| // API operation AddTags for usage and error information. |
| // |
| // Returned Error Codes: |
| // * ErrCodeDuplicateTagKeysException "DuplicateTagKeys" |
| // A tag key was specified more than once. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeTooManyTagsException "TooManyTags" |
| // You've reached the limit on the number of tags per load balancer. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeLoadBalancerNotFoundException "LoadBalancerNotFound" |
| // The specified load balancer does not exist. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeTargetGroupNotFoundException "TargetGroupNotFound" |
| // The specified target group does not exist. |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/AddTags |
| func (c *ELBV2) AddTags(input *AddTagsInput) (*AddTagsOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.AddTagsRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // AddTagsWithContext is the same as AddTags with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See AddTags for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *ELBV2) AddTagsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AddTagsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AddTagsOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.AddTagsRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opCreateListener = "CreateListener" |
| |
| // CreateListenerRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the CreateListener operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See CreateListener for more information on using the CreateListener |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the CreateListenerRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.CreateListenerRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/CreateListener |
| func (c *ELBV2) CreateListenerRequest(input *CreateListenerInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateListenerOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opCreateListener, |
| HTTPMethod: "POST", |
| HTTPPath: "/", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &CreateListenerInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &CreateListenerOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // CreateListener API operation for Elastic Load Balancing. |
| // |
| // Creates a listener for the specified Application Load Balancer or Network |
| // Load Balancer. |
| // |
| // To update a listener, use ModifyListener. When you are finished with a listener, |
| // you can delete it using DeleteListener. If you are finished with both the |
| // listener and the load balancer, you can delete them both using DeleteLoadBalancer. |
| // |
| // This operation is idempotent, which means that it completes at most one time. |
| // If you attempt to create multiple listeners with the same settings, each |
| // call succeeds. |
| // |
| // For more information, see Listeners for Your Application Load Balancers (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/application/load-balancer-listeners.html) |
| // in the Application Load Balancers Guide and Listeners for Your Network Load |
| // Balancers (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/network/load-balancer-listeners.html) |
| // in the Network Load Balancers Guide. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's |
| // API operation CreateListener for usage and error information. |
| // |
| // Returned Error Codes: |
| // * ErrCodeDuplicateListenerException "DuplicateListener" |
| // A listener with the specified port already exists. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeTooManyListenersException "TooManyListeners" |
| // You've reached the limit on the number of listeners per load balancer. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeTooManyCertificatesException "TooManyCertificates" |
| // You've reached the limit on the number of certificates per load balancer. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeLoadBalancerNotFoundException "LoadBalancerNotFound" |
| // The specified load balancer does not exist. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeTargetGroupNotFoundException "TargetGroupNotFound" |
| // The specified target group does not exist. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeTargetGroupAssociationLimitException "TargetGroupAssociationLimit" |
| // You've reached the limit on the number of load balancers per target group. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeInvalidConfigurationRequestException "InvalidConfigurationRequest" |
| // The requested configuration is not valid. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeIncompatibleProtocolsException "IncompatibleProtocols" |
| // The specified configuration is not valid with this protocol. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeSSLPolicyNotFoundException "SSLPolicyNotFound" |
| // The specified SSL policy does not exist. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeCertificateNotFoundException "CertificateNotFound" |
| // The specified certificate does not exist. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeUnsupportedProtocolException "UnsupportedProtocol" |
| // The specified protocol is not supported. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeTooManyRegistrationsForTargetIdException "TooManyRegistrationsForTargetId" |
| // You've reached the limit on the number of times a target can be registered |
| // with a load balancer. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeTooManyTargetsException "TooManyTargets" |
| // You've reached the limit on the number of targets. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeTooManyActionsException "TooManyActions" |
| // You've reached the limit on the number of actions per rule. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeInvalidLoadBalancerActionException "InvalidLoadBalancerAction" |
| // The requested action is not valid. |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/CreateListener |
| func (c *ELBV2) CreateListener(input *CreateListenerInput) (*CreateListenerOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.CreateListenerRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // CreateListenerWithContext is the same as CreateListener with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See CreateListener for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *ELBV2) CreateListenerWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateListenerInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateListenerOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.CreateListenerRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opCreateLoadBalancer = "CreateLoadBalancer" |
| |
| // CreateLoadBalancerRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the CreateLoadBalancer operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See CreateLoadBalancer for more information on using the CreateLoadBalancer |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the CreateLoadBalancerRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.CreateLoadBalancerRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/CreateLoadBalancer |
| func (c *ELBV2) CreateLoadBalancerRequest(input *CreateLoadBalancerInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateLoadBalancerOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opCreateLoadBalancer, |
| HTTPMethod: "POST", |
| HTTPPath: "/", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &CreateLoadBalancerInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &CreateLoadBalancerOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // CreateLoadBalancer API operation for Elastic Load Balancing. |
| // |
| // Creates an Application Load Balancer or a Network Load Balancer. |
| // |
| // When you create a load balancer, you can specify security groups, public |
| // subnets, IP address type, and tags. Otherwise, you could do so later using |
| // SetSecurityGroups, SetSubnets, SetIpAddressType, and AddTags. |
| // |
| // To create listeners for your load balancer, use CreateListener. To describe |
| // your current load balancers, see DescribeLoadBalancers. When you are finished |
| // with a load balancer, you can delete it using DeleteLoadBalancer. |
| // |
| // For limit information, see Limits for Your Application Load Balancer (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/application/load-balancer-limits.html) |
| // in the Application Load Balancers Guide and Limits for Your Network Load |
| // Balancer (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/network/load-balancer-limits.html) |
| // in the Network Load Balancers Guide. |
| // |
| // This operation is idempotent, which means that it completes at most one time. |
| // If you attempt to create multiple load balancers with the same settings, |
| // each call succeeds. |
| // |
| // For more information, see Application Load Balancers (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/application/application-load-balancers.html) |
| // in the Application Load Balancers Guide and Network Load Balancers (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/network/network-load-balancers.html) |
| // in the Network Load Balancers Guide. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's |
| // API operation CreateLoadBalancer for usage and error information. |
| // |
| // Returned Error Codes: |
| // * ErrCodeDuplicateLoadBalancerNameException "DuplicateLoadBalancerName" |
| // A load balancer with the specified name already exists. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeTooManyLoadBalancersException "TooManyLoadBalancers" |
| // You've reached the limit on the number of load balancers for your AWS account. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeInvalidConfigurationRequestException "InvalidConfigurationRequest" |
| // The requested configuration is not valid. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeSubnetNotFoundException "SubnetNotFound" |
| // The specified subnet does not exist. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeInvalidSubnetException "InvalidSubnet" |
| // The specified subnet is out of available addresses. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeInvalidSecurityGroupException "InvalidSecurityGroup" |
| // The specified security group does not exist. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeInvalidSchemeException "InvalidScheme" |
| // The requested scheme is not valid. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeTooManyTagsException "TooManyTags" |
| // You've reached the limit on the number of tags per load balancer. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeDuplicateTagKeysException "DuplicateTagKeys" |
| // A tag key was specified more than once. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeResourceInUseException "ResourceInUse" |
| // A specified resource is in use. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeAllocationIdNotFoundException "AllocationIdNotFound" |
| // The specified allocation ID does not exist. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeAvailabilityZoneNotSupportedException "AvailabilityZoneNotSupported" |
| // The specified Availability Zone is not supported. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeOperationNotPermittedException "OperationNotPermitted" |
| // This operation is not allowed. |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/CreateLoadBalancer |
| func (c *ELBV2) CreateLoadBalancer(input *CreateLoadBalancerInput) (*CreateLoadBalancerOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.CreateLoadBalancerRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // CreateLoadBalancerWithContext is the same as CreateLoadBalancer with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See CreateLoadBalancer for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *ELBV2) CreateLoadBalancerWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateLoadBalancerInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateLoadBalancerOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.CreateLoadBalancerRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opCreateRule = "CreateRule" |
| |
| // CreateRuleRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the CreateRule operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See CreateRule for more information on using the CreateRule |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the CreateRuleRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.CreateRuleRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/CreateRule |
| func (c *ELBV2) CreateRuleRequest(input *CreateRuleInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateRuleOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opCreateRule, |
| HTTPMethod: "POST", |
| HTTPPath: "/", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &CreateRuleInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &CreateRuleOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // CreateRule API operation for Elastic Load Balancing. |
| // |
| // Creates a rule for the specified listener. The listener must be associated |
| // with an Application Load Balancer. |
| // |
| // Rules are evaluated in priority order, from the lowest value to the highest |
| // value. When the conditions for a rule are met, its actions are performed. |
| // If the conditions for no rules are met, the actions for the default rule |
| // are performed. For more information, see Listener Rules (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/application/load-balancer-listeners.html#listener-rules) |
| // in the Application Load Balancers Guide. |
| // |
| // To view your current rules, use DescribeRules. To update a rule, use ModifyRule. |
| // To set the priorities of your rules, use SetRulePriorities. To delete a rule, |
| // use DeleteRule. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's |
| // API operation CreateRule for usage and error information. |
| // |
| // Returned Error Codes: |
| // * ErrCodePriorityInUseException "PriorityInUse" |
| // The specified priority is in use. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeTooManyTargetGroupsException "TooManyTargetGroups" |
| // You've reached the limit on the number of target groups for your AWS account. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeTooManyRulesException "TooManyRules" |
| // You've reached the limit on the number of rules per load balancer. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeTargetGroupAssociationLimitException "TargetGroupAssociationLimit" |
| // You've reached the limit on the number of load balancers per target group. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeIncompatibleProtocolsException "IncompatibleProtocols" |
| // The specified configuration is not valid with this protocol. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeListenerNotFoundException "ListenerNotFound" |
| // The specified listener does not exist. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeTargetGroupNotFoundException "TargetGroupNotFound" |
| // The specified target group does not exist. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeInvalidConfigurationRequestException "InvalidConfigurationRequest" |
| // The requested configuration is not valid. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeTooManyRegistrationsForTargetIdException "TooManyRegistrationsForTargetId" |
| // You've reached the limit on the number of times a target can be registered |
| // with a load balancer. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeTooManyTargetsException "TooManyTargets" |
| // You've reached the limit on the number of targets. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeUnsupportedProtocolException "UnsupportedProtocol" |
| // The specified protocol is not supported. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeTooManyActionsException "TooManyActions" |
| // You've reached the limit on the number of actions per rule. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeInvalidLoadBalancerActionException "InvalidLoadBalancerAction" |
| // The requested action is not valid. |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/CreateRule |
| func (c *ELBV2) CreateRule(input *CreateRuleInput) (*CreateRuleOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.CreateRuleRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // CreateRuleWithContext is the same as CreateRule with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See CreateRule for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *ELBV2) CreateRuleWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateRuleInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateRuleOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.CreateRuleRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opCreateTargetGroup = "CreateTargetGroup" |
| |
| // CreateTargetGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the CreateTargetGroup operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See CreateTargetGroup for more information on using the CreateTargetGroup |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the CreateTargetGroupRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.CreateTargetGroupRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/CreateTargetGroup |
| func (c *ELBV2) CreateTargetGroupRequest(input *CreateTargetGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateTargetGroupOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opCreateTargetGroup, |
| HTTPMethod: "POST", |
| HTTPPath: "/", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &CreateTargetGroupInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &CreateTargetGroupOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // CreateTargetGroup API operation for Elastic Load Balancing. |
| // |
| // Creates a target group. |
| // |
| // To register targets with the target group, use RegisterTargets. To update |
| // the health check settings for the target group, use ModifyTargetGroup. To |
| // monitor the health of targets in the target group, use DescribeTargetHealth. |
| // |
| // To route traffic to the targets in a target group, specify the target group |
| // in an action using CreateListener or CreateRule. |
| // |
| // To delete a target group, use DeleteTargetGroup. |
| // |
| // This operation is idempotent, which means that it completes at most one time. |
| // If you attempt to create multiple target groups with the same settings, each |
| // call succeeds. |
| // |
| // For more information, see Target Groups for Your Application Load Balancers |
| // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/application/load-balancer-target-groups.html) |
| // in the Application Load Balancers Guide or Target Groups for Your Network |
| // Load Balancers (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/network/load-balancer-target-groups.html) |
| // in the Network Load Balancers Guide. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's |
| // API operation CreateTargetGroup for usage and error information. |
| // |
| // Returned Error Codes: |
| // * ErrCodeDuplicateTargetGroupNameException "DuplicateTargetGroupName" |
| // A target group with the specified name already exists. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeTooManyTargetGroupsException "TooManyTargetGroups" |
| // You've reached the limit on the number of target groups for your AWS account. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeInvalidConfigurationRequestException "InvalidConfigurationRequest" |
| // The requested configuration is not valid. |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/CreateTargetGroup |
| func (c *ELBV2) CreateTargetGroup(input *CreateTargetGroupInput) (*CreateTargetGroupOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.CreateTargetGroupRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // CreateTargetGroupWithContext is the same as CreateTargetGroup with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See CreateTargetGroup for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *ELBV2) CreateTargetGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateTargetGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateTargetGroupOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.CreateTargetGroupRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opDeleteListener = "DeleteListener" |
| |
| // DeleteListenerRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the DeleteListener operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See DeleteListener for more information on using the DeleteListener |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the DeleteListenerRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.DeleteListenerRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/DeleteListener |
| func (c *ELBV2) DeleteListenerRequest(input *DeleteListenerInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteListenerOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opDeleteListener, |
| HTTPMethod: "POST", |
| HTTPPath: "/", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &DeleteListenerInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &DeleteListenerOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(query.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // DeleteListener API operation for Elastic Load Balancing. |
| // |
| // Deletes the specified listener. |
| // |
| // Alternatively, your listener is deleted when you delete the load balancer |
| // to which it is attached, using DeleteLoadBalancer. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's |
| // API operation DeleteListener for usage and error information. |
| // |
| // Returned Error Codes: |
| // * ErrCodeListenerNotFoundException "ListenerNotFound" |
| // The specified listener does not exist. |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/DeleteListener |
| func (c *ELBV2) DeleteListener(input *DeleteListenerInput) (*DeleteListenerOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.DeleteListenerRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // DeleteListenerWithContext is the same as DeleteListener with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See DeleteListener for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *ELBV2) DeleteListenerWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteListenerInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteListenerOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.DeleteListenerRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opDeleteLoadBalancer = "DeleteLoadBalancer" |
| |
| // DeleteLoadBalancerRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the DeleteLoadBalancer operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See DeleteLoadBalancer for more information on using the DeleteLoadBalancer |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the DeleteLoadBalancerRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.DeleteLoadBalancerRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/DeleteLoadBalancer |
| func (c *ELBV2) DeleteLoadBalancerRequest(input *DeleteLoadBalancerInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteLoadBalancerOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opDeleteLoadBalancer, |
| HTTPMethod: "POST", |
| HTTPPath: "/", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &DeleteLoadBalancerInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &DeleteLoadBalancerOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(query.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // DeleteLoadBalancer API operation for Elastic Load Balancing. |
| // |
| // Deletes the specified Application Load Balancer or Network Load Balancer |
| // and its attached listeners. |
| // |
| // You can't delete a load balancer if deletion protection is enabled. If the |
| // load balancer does not exist or has already been deleted, the call succeeds. |
| // |
| // Deleting a load balancer does not affect its registered targets. For example, |
| // your EC2 instances continue to run and are still registered to their target |
| // groups. If you no longer need these EC2 instances, you can stop or terminate |
| // them. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's |
| // API operation DeleteLoadBalancer for usage and error information. |
| // |
| // Returned Error Codes: |
| // * ErrCodeLoadBalancerNotFoundException "LoadBalancerNotFound" |
| // The specified load balancer does not exist. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeOperationNotPermittedException "OperationNotPermitted" |
| // This operation is not allowed. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeResourceInUseException "ResourceInUse" |
| // A specified resource is in use. |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/DeleteLoadBalancer |
| func (c *ELBV2) DeleteLoadBalancer(input *DeleteLoadBalancerInput) (*DeleteLoadBalancerOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.DeleteLoadBalancerRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // DeleteLoadBalancerWithContext is the same as DeleteLoadBalancer with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See DeleteLoadBalancer for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *ELBV2) DeleteLoadBalancerWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteLoadBalancerInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteLoadBalancerOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.DeleteLoadBalancerRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opDeleteRule = "DeleteRule" |
| |
| // DeleteRuleRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the DeleteRule operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See DeleteRule for more information on using the DeleteRule |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the DeleteRuleRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.DeleteRuleRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/DeleteRule |
| func (c *ELBV2) DeleteRuleRequest(input *DeleteRuleInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteRuleOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opDeleteRule, |
| HTTPMethod: "POST", |
| HTTPPath: "/", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &DeleteRuleInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &DeleteRuleOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(query.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // DeleteRule API operation for Elastic Load Balancing. |
| // |
| // Deletes the specified rule. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's |
| // API operation DeleteRule for usage and error information. |
| // |
| // Returned Error Codes: |
| // * ErrCodeRuleNotFoundException "RuleNotFound" |
| // The specified rule does not exist. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeOperationNotPermittedException "OperationNotPermitted" |
| // This operation is not allowed. |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/DeleteRule |
| func (c *ELBV2) DeleteRule(input *DeleteRuleInput) (*DeleteRuleOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.DeleteRuleRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // DeleteRuleWithContext is the same as DeleteRule with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See DeleteRule for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *ELBV2) DeleteRuleWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteRuleInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteRuleOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.DeleteRuleRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opDeleteTargetGroup = "DeleteTargetGroup" |
| |
| // DeleteTargetGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the DeleteTargetGroup operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See DeleteTargetGroup for more information on using the DeleteTargetGroup |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the DeleteTargetGroupRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.DeleteTargetGroupRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/DeleteTargetGroup |
| func (c *ELBV2) DeleteTargetGroupRequest(input *DeleteTargetGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteTargetGroupOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opDeleteTargetGroup, |
| HTTPMethod: "POST", |
| HTTPPath: "/", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &DeleteTargetGroupInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &DeleteTargetGroupOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(query.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // DeleteTargetGroup API operation for Elastic Load Balancing. |
| // |
| // Deletes the specified target group. |
| // |
| // You can delete a target group if it is not referenced by any actions. Deleting |
| // a target group also deletes any associated health checks. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's |
| // API operation DeleteTargetGroup for usage and error information. |
| // |
| // Returned Error Codes: |
| // * ErrCodeResourceInUseException "ResourceInUse" |
| // A specified resource is in use. |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/DeleteTargetGroup |
| func (c *ELBV2) DeleteTargetGroup(input *DeleteTargetGroupInput) (*DeleteTargetGroupOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.DeleteTargetGroupRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // DeleteTargetGroupWithContext is the same as DeleteTargetGroup with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See DeleteTargetGroup for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *ELBV2) DeleteTargetGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteTargetGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteTargetGroupOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.DeleteTargetGroupRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opDeregisterTargets = "DeregisterTargets" |
| |
| // DeregisterTargetsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the DeregisterTargets operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See DeregisterTargets for more information on using the DeregisterTargets |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the DeregisterTargetsRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.DeregisterTargetsRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/DeregisterTargets |
| func (c *ELBV2) DeregisterTargetsRequest(input *DeregisterTargetsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeregisterTargetsOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opDeregisterTargets, |
| HTTPMethod: "POST", |
| HTTPPath: "/", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &DeregisterTargetsInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &DeregisterTargetsOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(query.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // DeregisterTargets API operation for Elastic Load Balancing. |
| // |
| // Deregisters the specified targets from the specified target group. After |
| // the targets are deregistered, they no longer receive traffic from the load |
| // balancer. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's |
| // API operation DeregisterTargets for usage and error information. |
| // |
| // Returned Error Codes: |
| // * ErrCodeTargetGroupNotFoundException "TargetGroupNotFound" |
| // The specified target group does not exist. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeInvalidTargetException "InvalidTarget" |
| // The specified target does not exist, is not in the same VPC as the target |
| // group, or has an unsupported instance type. |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/DeregisterTargets |
| func (c *ELBV2) DeregisterTargets(input *DeregisterTargetsInput) (*DeregisterTargetsOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.DeregisterTargetsRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // DeregisterTargetsWithContext is the same as DeregisterTargets with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See DeregisterTargets for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *ELBV2) DeregisterTargetsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeregisterTargetsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeregisterTargetsOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.DeregisterTargetsRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opDescribeAccountLimits = "DescribeAccountLimits" |
| |
| // DescribeAccountLimitsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the DescribeAccountLimits operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See DescribeAccountLimits for more information on using the DescribeAccountLimits |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the DescribeAccountLimitsRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.DescribeAccountLimitsRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/DescribeAccountLimits |
| func (c *ELBV2) DescribeAccountLimitsRequest(input *DescribeAccountLimitsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeAccountLimitsOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opDescribeAccountLimits, |
| HTTPMethod: "POST", |
| HTTPPath: "/", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &DescribeAccountLimitsInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &DescribeAccountLimitsOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // DescribeAccountLimits API operation for Elastic Load Balancing. |
| // |
| // Describes the current Elastic Load Balancing resource limits for your AWS |
| // account. |
| // |
| // For more information, see Limits for Your Application Load Balancers (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/application/load-balancer-limits.html) |
| // in the Application Load Balancer Guide or Limits for Your Network Load Balancers |
| // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/network/load-balancer-limits.html) |
| // in the Network Load Balancers Guide. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's |
| // API operation DescribeAccountLimits for usage and error information. |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/DescribeAccountLimits |
| func (c *ELBV2) DescribeAccountLimits(input *DescribeAccountLimitsInput) (*DescribeAccountLimitsOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.DescribeAccountLimitsRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // DescribeAccountLimitsWithContext is the same as DescribeAccountLimits with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See DescribeAccountLimits for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *ELBV2) DescribeAccountLimitsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeAccountLimitsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeAccountLimitsOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.DescribeAccountLimitsRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opDescribeListenerCertificates = "DescribeListenerCertificates" |
| |
| // DescribeListenerCertificatesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the DescribeListenerCertificates operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See DescribeListenerCertificates for more information on using the DescribeListenerCertificates |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the DescribeListenerCertificatesRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.DescribeListenerCertificatesRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/DescribeListenerCertificates |
| func (c *ELBV2) DescribeListenerCertificatesRequest(input *DescribeListenerCertificatesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeListenerCertificatesOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opDescribeListenerCertificates, |
| HTTPMethod: "POST", |
| HTTPPath: "/", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &DescribeListenerCertificatesInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &DescribeListenerCertificatesOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // DescribeListenerCertificates API operation for Elastic Load Balancing. |
| // |
| // Describes the certificates for the specified HTTPS listener. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's |
| // API operation DescribeListenerCertificates for usage and error information. |
| // |
| // Returned Error Codes: |
| // * ErrCodeListenerNotFoundException "ListenerNotFound" |
| // The specified listener does not exist. |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/DescribeListenerCertificates |
| func (c *ELBV2) DescribeListenerCertificates(input *DescribeListenerCertificatesInput) (*DescribeListenerCertificatesOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.DescribeListenerCertificatesRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // DescribeListenerCertificatesWithContext is the same as DescribeListenerCertificates with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See DescribeListenerCertificates for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *ELBV2) DescribeListenerCertificatesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeListenerCertificatesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeListenerCertificatesOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.DescribeListenerCertificatesRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opDescribeListeners = "DescribeListeners" |
| |
| // DescribeListenersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the DescribeListeners operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See DescribeListeners for more information on using the DescribeListeners |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the DescribeListenersRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.DescribeListenersRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/DescribeListeners |
| func (c *ELBV2) DescribeListenersRequest(input *DescribeListenersInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeListenersOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opDescribeListeners, |
| HTTPMethod: "POST", |
| HTTPPath: "/", |
| Paginator: &request.Paginator{ |
| InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, |
| OutputTokens: []string{"NextMarker"}, |
| LimitToken: "", |
| TruncationToken: "", |
| }, |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &DescribeListenersInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &DescribeListenersOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // DescribeListeners API operation for Elastic Load Balancing. |
| // |
| // Describes the specified listeners or the listeners for the specified Application |
| // Load Balancer or Network Load Balancer. You must specify either a load balancer |
| // or one or more listeners. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's |
| // API operation DescribeListeners for usage and error information. |
| // |
| // Returned Error Codes: |
| // * ErrCodeListenerNotFoundException "ListenerNotFound" |
| // The specified listener does not exist. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeLoadBalancerNotFoundException "LoadBalancerNotFound" |
| // The specified load balancer does not exist. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeUnsupportedProtocolException "UnsupportedProtocol" |
| // The specified protocol is not supported. |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/DescribeListeners |
| func (c *ELBV2) DescribeListeners(input *DescribeListenersInput) (*DescribeListenersOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.DescribeListenersRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // DescribeListenersWithContext is the same as DescribeListeners with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See DescribeListeners for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *ELBV2) DescribeListenersWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeListenersInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeListenersOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.DescribeListenersRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // DescribeListenersPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeListeners operation, |
| // calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop |
| // iterating, return false from the fn function. |
| // |
| // See DescribeListeners method for more information on how to use this operation. |
| // |
| // Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. |
| // |
| // // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeListeners operation. |
| // pageNum := 0 |
| // err := client.DescribeListenersPages(params, |
| // func(page *DescribeListenersOutput, lastPage bool) bool { |
| // pageNum++ |
| // fmt.Println(page) |
| // return pageNum <= 3 |
| // }) |
| // |
| func (c *ELBV2) DescribeListenersPages(input *DescribeListenersInput, fn func(*DescribeListenersOutput, bool) bool) error { |
| return c.DescribeListenersPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) |
| } |
| |
| // DescribeListenersPagesWithContext same as DescribeListenersPages except |
| // it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *ELBV2) DescribeListenersPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeListenersInput, fn func(*DescribeListenersOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { |
| p := request.Pagination{ |
| NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { |
| var inCpy *DescribeListenersInput |
| if input != nil { |
| tmp := *input |
| inCpy = &tmp |
| } |
| req, _ := c.DescribeListenersRequest(inCpy) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return req, nil |
| }, |
| } |
| |
| cont := true |
| for p.Next() && cont { |
| cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeListenersOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) |
| } |
| return p.Err() |
| } |
| |
| const opDescribeLoadBalancerAttributes = "DescribeLoadBalancerAttributes" |
| |
| // DescribeLoadBalancerAttributesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the DescribeLoadBalancerAttributes operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See DescribeLoadBalancerAttributes for more information on using the DescribeLoadBalancerAttributes |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the DescribeLoadBalancerAttributesRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.DescribeLoadBalancerAttributesRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/DescribeLoadBalancerAttributes |
| func (c *ELBV2) DescribeLoadBalancerAttributesRequest(input *DescribeLoadBalancerAttributesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeLoadBalancerAttributesOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opDescribeLoadBalancerAttributes, |
| HTTPMethod: "POST", |
| HTTPPath: "/", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &DescribeLoadBalancerAttributesInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &DescribeLoadBalancerAttributesOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // DescribeLoadBalancerAttributes API operation for Elastic Load Balancing. |
| // |
| // Describes the attributes for the specified Application Load Balancer or Network |
| // Load Balancer. |
| // |
| // For more information, see Load Balancer Attributes (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/application/application-load-balancers.html#load-balancer-attributes) |
| // in the Application Load Balancers Guide or Load Balancer Attributes (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/network/network-load-balancers.html#load-balancer-attributes) |
| // in the Network Load Balancers Guide. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's |
| // API operation DescribeLoadBalancerAttributes for usage and error information. |
| // |
| // Returned Error Codes: |
| // * ErrCodeLoadBalancerNotFoundException "LoadBalancerNotFound" |
| // The specified load balancer does not exist. |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/DescribeLoadBalancerAttributes |
| func (c *ELBV2) DescribeLoadBalancerAttributes(input *DescribeLoadBalancerAttributesInput) (*DescribeLoadBalancerAttributesOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.DescribeLoadBalancerAttributesRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // DescribeLoadBalancerAttributesWithContext is the same as DescribeLoadBalancerAttributes with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See DescribeLoadBalancerAttributes for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *ELBV2) DescribeLoadBalancerAttributesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeLoadBalancerAttributesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeLoadBalancerAttributesOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.DescribeLoadBalancerAttributesRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opDescribeLoadBalancers = "DescribeLoadBalancers" |
| |
| // DescribeLoadBalancersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the DescribeLoadBalancers operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See DescribeLoadBalancers for more information on using the DescribeLoadBalancers |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the DescribeLoadBalancersRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.DescribeLoadBalancersRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/DescribeLoadBalancers |
| func (c *ELBV2) DescribeLoadBalancersRequest(input *DescribeLoadBalancersInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeLoadBalancersOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opDescribeLoadBalancers, |
| HTTPMethod: "POST", |
| HTTPPath: "/", |
| Paginator: &request.Paginator{ |
| InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, |
| OutputTokens: []string{"NextMarker"}, |
| LimitToken: "", |
| TruncationToken: "", |
| }, |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &DescribeLoadBalancersInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &DescribeLoadBalancersOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // DescribeLoadBalancers API operation for Elastic Load Balancing. |
| // |
| // Describes the specified load balancers or all of your load balancers. |
| // |
| // To describe the listeners for a load balancer, use DescribeListeners. To |
| // describe the attributes for a load balancer, use DescribeLoadBalancerAttributes. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's |
| // API operation DescribeLoadBalancers for usage and error information. |
| // |
| // Returned Error Codes: |
| // * ErrCodeLoadBalancerNotFoundException "LoadBalancerNotFound" |
| // The specified load balancer does not exist. |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/DescribeLoadBalancers |
| func (c *ELBV2) DescribeLoadBalancers(input *DescribeLoadBalancersInput) (*DescribeLoadBalancersOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.DescribeLoadBalancersRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // DescribeLoadBalancersWithContext is the same as DescribeLoadBalancers with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See DescribeLoadBalancers for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *ELBV2) DescribeLoadBalancersWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeLoadBalancersInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeLoadBalancersOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.DescribeLoadBalancersRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // DescribeLoadBalancersPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeLoadBalancers operation, |
| // calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop |
| // iterating, return false from the fn function. |
| // |
| // See DescribeLoadBalancers method for more information on how to use this operation. |
| // |
| // Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. |
| // |
| // // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeLoadBalancers operation. |
| // pageNum := 0 |
| // err := client.DescribeLoadBalancersPages(params, |
| // func(page *DescribeLoadBalancersOutput, lastPage bool) bool { |
| // pageNum++ |
| // fmt.Println(page) |
| // return pageNum <= 3 |
| // }) |
| // |
| func (c *ELBV2) DescribeLoadBalancersPages(input *DescribeLoadBalancersInput, fn func(*DescribeLoadBalancersOutput, bool) bool) error { |
| return c.DescribeLoadBalancersPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) |
| } |
| |
| // DescribeLoadBalancersPagesWithContext same as DescribeLoadBalancersPages except |
| // it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *ELBV2) DescribeLoadBalancersPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeLoadBalancersInput, fn func(*DescribeLoadBalancersOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { |
| p := request.Pagination{ |
| NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { |
| var inCpy *DescribeLoadBalancersInput |
| if input != nil { |
| tmp := *input |
| inCpy = &tmp |
| } |
| req, _ := c.DescribeLoadBalancersRequest(inCpy) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return req, nil |
| }, |
| } |
| |
| cont := true |
| for p.Next() && cont { |
| cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeLoadBalancersOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) |
| } |
| return p.Err() |
| } |
| |
| const opDescribeRules = "DescribeRules" |
| |
| // DescribeRulesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the DescribeRules operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See DescribeRules for more information on using the DescribeRules |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the DescribeRulesRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.DescribeRulesRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/DescribeRules |
| func (c *ELBV2) DescribeRulesRequest(input *DescribeRulesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeRulesOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opDescribeRules, |
| HTTPMethod: "POST", |
| HTTPPath: "/", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &DescribeRulesInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &DescribeRulesOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // DescribeRules API operation for Elastic Load Balancing. |
| // |
| // Describes the specified rules or the rules for the specified listener. You |
| // must specify either a listener or one or more rules. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's |
| // API operation DescribeRules for usage and error information. |
| // |
| // Returned Error Codes: |
| // * ErrCodeListenerNotFoundException "ListenerNotFound" |
| // The specified listener does not exist. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeRuleNotFoundException "RuleNotFound" |
| // The specified rule does not exist. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeUnsupportedProtocolException "UnsupportedProtocol" |
| // The specified protocol is not supported. |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/DescribeRules |
| func (c *ELBV2) DescribeRules(input *DescribeRulesInput) (*DescribeRulesOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.DescribeRulesRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // DescribeRulesWithContext is the same as DescribeRules with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See DescribeRules for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *ELBV2) DescribeRulesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeRulesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeRulesOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.DescribeRulesRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opDescribeSSLPolicies = "DescribeSSLPolicies" |
| |
| // DescribeSSLPoliciesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the DescribeSSLPolicies operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See DescribeSSLPolicies for more information on using the DescribeSSLPolicies |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the DescribeSSLPoliciesRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.DescribeSSLPoliciesRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/DescribeSSLPolicies |
| func (c *ELBV2) DescribeSSLPoliciesRequest(input *DescribeSSLPoliciesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeSSLPoliciesOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opDescribeSSLPolicies, |
| HTTPMethod: "POST", |
| HTTPPath: "/", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &DescribeSSLPoliciesInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &DescribeSSLPoliciesOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // DescribeSSLPolicies API operation for Elastic Load Balancing. |
| // |
| // Describes the specified policies or all policies used for SSL negotiation. |
| // |
| // For more information, see Security Policies (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/application/create-https-listener.html#describe-ssl-policies) |
| // in the Application Load Balancers Guide. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's |
| // API operation DescribeSSLPolicies for usage and error information. |
| // |
| // Returned Error Codes: |
| // * ErrCodeSSLPolicyNotFoundException "SSLPolicyNotFound" |
| // The specified SSL policy does not exist. |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/DescribeSSLPolicies |
| func (c *ELBV2) DescribeSSLPolicies(input *DescribeSSLPoliciesInput) (*DescribeSSLPoliciesOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.DescribeSSLPoliciesRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // DescribeSSLPoliciesWithContext is the same as DescribeSSLPolicies with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See DescribeSSLPolicies for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *ELBV2) DescribeSSLPoliciesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeSSLPoliciesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeSSLPoliciesOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.DescribeSSLPoliciesRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opDescribeTags = "DescribeTags" |
| |
| // DescribeTagsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the DescribeTags operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See DescribeTags for more information on using the DescribeTags |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the DescribeTagsRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.DescribeTagsRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/DescribeTags |
| func (c *ELBV2) DescribeTagsRequest(input *DescribeTagsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeTagsOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opDescribeTags, |
| HTTPMethod: "POST", |
| HTTPPath: "/", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &DescribeTagsInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &DescribeTagsOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // DescribeTags API operation for Elastic Load Balancing. |
| // |
| // Describes the tags for the specified resources. You can describe the tags |
| // for one or more Application Load Balancers, Network Load Balancers, and target |
| // groups. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's |
| // API operation DescribeTags for usage and error information. |
| // |
| // Returned Error Codes: |
| // * ErrCodeLoadBalancerNotFoundException "LoadBalancerNotFound" |
| // The specified load balancer does not exist. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeTargetGroupNotFoundException "TargetGroupNotFound" |
| // The specified target group does not exist. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeListenerNotFoundException "ListenerNotFound" |
| // The specified listener does not exist. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeRuleNotFoundException "RuleNotFound" |
| // The specified rule does not exist. |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/DescribeTags |
| func (c *ELBV2) DescribeTags(input *DescribeTagsInput) (*DescribeTagsOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.DescribeTagsRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // DescribeTagsWithContext is the same as DescribeTags with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See DescribeTags for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *ELBV2) DescribeTagsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeTagsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeTagsOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.DescribeTagsRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opDescribeTargetGroupAttributes = "DescribeTargetGroupAttributes" |
| |
| // DescribeTargetGroupAttributesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the DescribeTargetGroupAttributes operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See DescribeTargetGroupAttributes for more information on using the DescribeTargetGroupAttributes |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the DescribeTargetGroupAttributesRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.DescribeTargetGroupAttributesRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/DescribeTargetGroupAttributes |
| func (c *ELBV2) DescribeTargetGroupAttributesRequest(input *DescribeTargetGroupAttributesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeTargetGroupAttributesOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opDescribeTargetGroupAttributes, |
| HTTPMethod: "POST", |
| HTTPPath: "/", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &DescribeTargetGroupAttributesInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &DescribeTargetGroupAttributesOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // DescribeTargetGroupAttributes API operation for Elastic Load Balancing. |
| // |
| // Describes the attributes for the specified target group. |
| // |
| // For more information, see Target Group Attributes (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/application/load-balancer-target-groups.html#target-group-attributes) |
| // in the Application Load Balancers Guide or Target Group Attributes (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/network/load-balancer-target-groups.html#target-group-attributes) |
| // in the Network Load Balancers Guide. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's |
| // API operation DescribeTargetGroupAttributes for usage and error information. |
| // |
| // Returned Error Codes: |
| // * ErrCodeTargetGroupNotFoundException "TargetGroupNotFound" |
| // The specified target group does not exist. |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/DescribeTargetGroupAttributes |
| func (c *ELBV2) DescribeTargetGroupAttributes(input *DescribeTargetGroupAttributesInput) (*DescribeTargetGroupAttributesOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.DescribeTargetGroupAttributesRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // DescribeTargetGroupAttributesWithContext is the same as DescribeTargetGroupAttributes with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See DescribeTargetGroupAttributes for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *ELBV2) DescribeTargetGroupAttributesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeTargetGroupAttributesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeTargetGroupAttributesOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.DescribeTargetGroupAttributesRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opDescribeTargetGroups = "DescribeTargetGroups" |
| |
| // DescribeTargetGroupsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the DescribeTargetGroups operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See DescribeTargetGroups for more information on using the DescribeTargetGroups |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the DescribeTargetGroupsRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.DescribeTargetGroupsRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/DescribeTargetGroups |
| func (c *ELBV2) DescribeTargetGroupsRequest(input *DescribeTargetGroupsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeTargetGroupsOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opDescribeTargetGroups, |
| HTTPMethod: "POST", |
| HTTPPath: "/", |
| Paginator: &request.Paginator{ |
| InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, |
| OutputTokens: []string{"NextMarker"}, |
| LimitToken: "", |
| TruncationToken: "", |
| }, |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &DescribeTargetGroupsInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &DescribeTargetGroupsOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // DescribeTargetGroups API operation for Elastic Load Balancing. |
| // |
| // Describes the specified target groups or all of your target groups. By default, |
| // all target groups are described. Alternatively, you can specify one of the |
| // following to filter the results: the ARN of the load balancer, the names |
| // of one or more target groups, or the ARNs of one or more target groups. |
| // |
| // To describe the targets for a target group, use DescribeTargetHealth. To |
| // describe the attributes of a target group, use DescribeTargetGroupAttributes. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's |
| // API operation DescribeTargetGroups for usage and error information. |
| // |
| // Returned Error Codes: |
| // * ErrCodeLoadBalancerNotFoundException "LoadBalancerNotFound" |
| // The specified load balancer does not exist. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeTargetGroupNotFoundException "TargetGroupNotFound" |
| // The specified target group does not exist. |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/DescribeTargetGroups |
| func (c *ELBV2) DescribeTargetGroups(input *DescribeTargetGroupsInput) (*DescribeTargetGroupsOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.DescribeTargetGroupsRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // DescribeTargetGroupsWithContext is the same as DescribeTargetGroups with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See DescribeTargetGroups for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *ELBV2) DescribeTargetGroupsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeTargetGroupsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeTargetGroupsOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.DescribeTargetGroupsRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // DescribeTargetGroupsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeTargetGroups operation, |
| // calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop |
| // iterating, return false from the fn function. |
| // |
| // See DescribeTargetGroups method for more information on how to use this operation. |
| // |
| // Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. |
| // |
| // // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeTargetGroups operation. |
| // pageNum := 0 |
| // err := client.DescribeTargetGroupsPages(params, |
| // func(page *DescribeTargetGroupsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { |
| // pageNum++ |
| // fmt.Println(page) |
| // return pageNum <= 3 |
| // }) |
| // |
| func (c *ELBV2) DescribeTargetGroupsPages(input *DescribeTargetGroupsInput, fn func(*DescribeTargetGroupsOutput, bool) bool) error { |
| return c.DescribeTargetGroupsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) |
| } |
| |
| // DescribeTargetGroupsPagesWithContext same as DescribeTargetGroupsPages except |
| // it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *ELBV2) DescribeTargetGroupsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeTargetGroupsInput, fn func(*DescribeTargetGroupsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { |
| p := request.Pagination{ |
| NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { |
| var inCpy *DescribeTargetGroupsInput |
| if input != nil { |
| tmp := *input |
| inCpy = &tmp |
| } |
| req, _ := c.DescribeTargetGroupsRequest(inCpy) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return req, nil |
| }, |
| } |
| |
| cont := true |
| for p.Next() && cont { |
| cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeTargetGroupsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) |
| } |
| return p.Err() |
| } |
| |
| const opDescribeTargetHealth = "DescribeTargetHealth" |
| |
| // DescribeTargetHealthRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the DescribeTargetHealth operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See DescribeTargetHealth for more information on using the DescribeTargetHealth |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the DescribeTargetHealthRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.DescribeTargetHealthRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/DescribeTargetHealth |
| func (c *ELBV2) DescribeTargetHealthRequest(input *DescribeTargetHealthInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeTargetHealthOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opDescribeTargetHealth, |
| HTTPMethod: "POST", |
| HTTPPath: "/", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &DescribeTargetHealthInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &DescribeTargetHealthOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // DescribeTargetHealth API operation for Elastic Load Balancing. |
| // |
| // Describes the health of the specified targets or all of your targets. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's |
| // API operation DescribeTargetHealth for usage and error information. |
| // |
| // Returned Error Codes: |
| // * ErrCodeInvalidTargetException "InvalidTarget" |
| // The specified target does not exist, is not in the same VPC as the target |
| // group, or has an unsupported instance type. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeTargetGroupNotFoundException "TargetGroupNotFound" |
| // The specified target group does not exist. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeHealthUnavailableException "HealthUnavailable" |
| // The health of the specified targets could not be retrieved due to an internal |
| // error. |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/DescribeTargetHealth |
| func (c *ELBV2) DescribeTargetHealth(input *DescribeTargetHealthInput) (*DescribeTargetHealthOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.DescribeTargetHealthRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // DescribeTargetHealthWithContext is the same as DescribeTargetHealth with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See DescribeTargetHealth for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *ELBV2) DescribeTargetHealthWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeTargetHealthInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeTargetHealthOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.DescribeTargetHealthRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opModifyListener = "ModifyListener" |
| |
| // ModifyListenerRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the ModifyListener operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See ModifyListener for more information on using the ModifyListener |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the ModifyListenerRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.ModifyListenerRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/ModifyListener |
| func (c *ELBV2) ModifyListenerRequest(input *ModifyListenerInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyListenerOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opModifyListener, |
| HTTPMethod: "POST", |
| HTTPPath: "/", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &ModifyListenerInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &ModifyListenerOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // ModifyListener API operation for Elastic Load Balancing. |
| // |
| // Modifies the specified properties of the specified listener. |
| // |
| // Any properties that you do not specify retain their current values. However, |
| // changing the protocol from HTTPS to HTTP, or from TLS to TCP, removes the |
| // security policy and server certificate properties. If you change the protocol |
| // from HTTP to HTTPS, or from TCP to TLS, you must add the security policy |
| // and server certificate properties. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's |
| // API operation ModifyListener for usage and error information. |
| // |
| // Returned Error Codes: |
| // * ErrCodeDuplicateListenerException "DuplicateListener" |
| // A listener with the specified port already exists. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeTooManyListenersException "TooManyListeners" |
| // You've reached the limit on the number of listeners per load balancer. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeTooManyCertificatesException "TooManyCertificates" |
| // You've reached the limit on the number of certificates per load balancer. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeListenerNotFoundException "ListenerNotFound" |
| // The specified listener does not exist. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeTargetGroupNotFoundException "TargetGroupNotFound" |
| // The specified target group does not exist. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeTargetGroupAssociationLimitException "TargetGroupAssociationLimit" |
| // You've reached the limit on the number of load balancers per target group. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeIncompatibleProtocolsException "IncompatibleProtocols" |
| // The specified configuration is not valid with this protocol. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeSSLPolicyNotFoundException "SSLPolicyNotFound" |
| // The specified SSL policy does not exist. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeCertificateNotFoundException "CertificateNotFound" |
| // The specified certificate does not exist. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeInvalidConfigurationRequestException "InvalidConfigurationRequest" |
| // The requested configuration is not valid. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeUnsupportedProtocolException "UnsupportedProtocol" |
| // The specified protocol is not supported. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeTooManyRegistrationsForTargetIdException "TooManyRegistrationsForTargetId" |
| // You've reached the limit on the number of times a target can be registered |
| // with a load balancer. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeTooManyTargetsException "TooManyTargets" |
| // You've reached the limit on the number of targets. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeTooManyActionsException "TooManyActions" |
| // You've reached the limit on the number of actions per rule. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeInvalidLoadBalancerActionException "InvalidLoadBalancerAction" |
| // The requested action is not valid. |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/ModifyListener |
| func (c *ELBV2) ModifyListener(input *ModifyListenerInput) (*ModifyListenerOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.ModifyListenerRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // ModifyListenerWithContext is the same as ModifyListener with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See ModifyListener for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *ELBV2) ModifyListenerWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyListenerInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyListenerOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.ModifyListenerRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opModifyLoadBalancerAttributes = "ModifyLoadBalancerAttributes" |
| |
| // ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the ModifyLoadBalancerAttributes operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See ModifyLoadBalancerAttributes for more information on using the ModifyLoadBalancerAttributes |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/ModifyLoadBalancerAttributes |
| func (c *ELBV2) ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesRequest(input *ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opModifyLoadBalancerAttributes, |
| HTTPMethod: "POST", |
| HTTPPath: "/", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // ModifyLoadBalancerAttributes API operation for Elastic Load Balancing. |
| // |
| // Modifies the specified attributes of the specified Application Load Balancer |
| // or Network Load Balancer. |
| // |
| // If any of the specified attributes can't be modified as requested, the call |
| // fails. Any existing attributes that you do not modify retain their current |
| // values. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's |
| // API operation ModifyLoadBalancerAttributes for usage and error information. |
| // |
| // Returned Error Codes: |
| // * ErrCodeLoadBalancerNotFoundException "LoadBalancerNotFound" |
| // The specified load balancer does not exist. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeInvalidConfigurationRequestException "InvalidConfigurationRequest" |
| // The requested configuration is not valid. |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/ModifyLoadBalancerAttributes |
| func (c *ELBV2) ModifyLoadBalancerAttributes(input *ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesInput) (*ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesWithContext is the same as ModifyLoadBalancerAttributes with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See ModifyLoadBalancerAttributes for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *ELBV2) ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opModifyRule = "ModifyRule" |
| |
| // ModifyRuleRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the ModifyRule operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See ModifyRule for more information on using the ModifyRule |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the ModifyRuleRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.ModifyRuleRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/ModifyRule |
| func (c *ELBV2) ModifyRuleRequest(input *ModifyRuleInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyRuleOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opModifyRule, |
| HTTPMethod: "POST", |
| HTTPPath: "/", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &ModifyRuleInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &ModifyRuleOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // ModifyRule API operation for Elastic Load Balancing. |
| // |
| // Modifies the specified rule. |
| // |
| // Any existing properties that you do not modify retain their current values. |
| // |
| // To modify the actions for the default rule, use ModifyListener. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's |
| // API operation ModifyRule for usage and error information. |
| // |
| // Returned Error Codes: |
| // * ErrCodeTargetGroupAssociationLimitException "TargetGroupAssociationLimit" |
| // You've reached the limit on the number of load balancers per target group. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeIncompatibleProtocolsException "IncompatibleProtocols" |
| // The specified configuration is not valid with this protocol. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeRuleNotFoundException "RuleNotFound" |
| // The specified rule does not exist. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeOperationNotPermittedException "OperationNotPermitted" |
| // This operation is not allowed. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeTooManyRegistrationsForTargetIdException "TooManyRegistrationsForTargetId" |
| // You've reached the limit on the number of times a target can be registered |
| // with a load balancer. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeTooManyTargetsException "TooManyTargets" |
| // You've reached the limit on the number of targets. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeTargetGroupNotFoundException "TargetGroupNotFound" |
| // The specified target group does not exist. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeUnsupportedProtocolException "UnsupportedProtocol" |
| // The specified protocol is not supported. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeTooManyActionsException "TooManyActions" |
| // You've reached the limit on the number of actions per rule. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeInvalidLoadBalancerActionException "InvalidLoadBalancerAction" |
| // The requested action is not valid. |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/ModifyRule |
| func (c *ELBV2) ModifyRule(input *ModifyRuleInput) (*ModifyRuleOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.ModifyRuleRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // ModifyRuleWithContext is the same as ModifyRule with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See ModifyRule for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *ELBV2) ModifyRuleWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyRuleInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyRuleOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.ModifyRuleRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opModifyTargetGroup = "ModifyTargetGroup" |
| |
| // ModifyTargetGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the ModifyTargetGroup operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See ModifyTargetGroup for more information on using the ModifyTargetGroup |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the ModifyTargetGroupRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.ModifyTargetGroupRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/ModifyTargetGroup |
| func (c *ELBV2) ModifyTargetGroupRequest(input *ModifyTargetGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyTargetGroupOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opModifyTargetGroup, |
| HTTPMethod: "POST", |
| HTTPPath: "/", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &ModifyTargetGroupInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &ModifyTargetGroupOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // ModifyTargetGroup API operation for Elastic Load Balancing. |
| // |
| // Modifies the health checks used when evaluating the health state of the targets |
| // in the specified target group. |
| // |
| // To monitor the health of the targets, use DescribeTargetHealth. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's |
| // API operation ModifyTargetGroup for usage and error information. |
| // |
| // Returned Error Codes: |
| // * ErrCodeTargetGroupNotFoundException "TargetGroupNotFound" |
| // The specified target group does not exist. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeInvalidConfigurationRequestException "InvalidConfigurationRequest" |
| // The requested configuration is not valid. |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/ModifyTargetGroup |
| func (c *ELBV2) ModifyTargetGroup(input *ModifyTargetGroupInput) (*ModifyTargetGroupOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.ModifyTargetGroupRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // ModifyTargetGroupWithContext is the same as ModifyTargetGroup with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See ModifyTargetGroup for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *ELBV2) ModifyTargetGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyTargetGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyTargetGroupOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.ModifyTargetGroupRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opModifyTargetGroupAttributes = "ModifyTargetGroupAttributes" |
| |
| // ModifyTargetGroupAttributesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the ModifyTargetGroupAttributes operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See ModifyTargetGroupAttributes for more information on using the ModifyTargetGroupAttributes |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the ModifyTargetGroupAttributesRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.ModifyTargetGroupAttributesRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/ModifyTargetGroupAttributes |
| func (c *ELBV2) ModifyTargetGroupAttributesRequest(input *ModifyTargetGroupAttributesInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyTargetGroupAttributesOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opModifyTargetGroupAttributes, |
| HTTPMethod: "POST", |
| HTTPPath: "/", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &ModifyTargetGroupAttributesInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &ModifyTargetGroupAttributesOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // ModifyTargetGroupAttributes API operation for Elastic Load Balancing. |
| // |
| // Modifies the specified attributes of the specified target group. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's |
| // API operation ModifyTargetGroupAttributes for usage and error information. |
| // |
| // Returned Error Codes: |
| // * ErrCodeTargetGroupNotFoundException "TargetGroupNotFound" |
| // The specified target group does not exist. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeInvalidConfigurationRequestException "InvalidConfigurationRequest" |
| // The requested configuration is not valid. |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/ModifyTargetGroupAttributes |
| func (c *ELBV2) ModifyTargetGroupAttributes(input *ModifyTargetGroupAttributesInput) (*ModifyTargetGroupAttributesOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.ModifyTargetGroupAttributesRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // ModifyTargetGroupAttributesWithContext is the same as ModifyTargetGroupAttributes with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See ModifyTargetGroupAttributes for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *ELBV2) ModifyTargetGroupAttributesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyTargetGroupAttributesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyTargetGroupAttributesOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.ModifyTargetGroupAttributesRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opRegisterTargets = "RegisterTargets" |
| |
| // RegisterTargetsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the RegisterTargets operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See RegisterTargets for more information on using the RegisterTargets |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the RegisterTargetsRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.RegisterTargetsRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/RegisterTargets |
| func (c *ELBV2) RegisterTargetsRequest(input *RegisterTargetsInput) (req *request.Request, output *RegisterTargetsOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opRegisterTargets, |
| HTTPMethod: "POST", |
| HTTPPath: "/", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &RegisterTargetsInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &RegisterTargetsOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(query.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // RegisterTargets API operation for Elastic Load Balancing. |
| // |
| // Registers the specified targets with the specified target group. |
| // |
| // If the target is an EC2 instance, it must be in the running state when you |
| // register it. |
| // |
| // By default, the load balancer routes requests to registered targets using |
| // the protocol and port for the target group. Alternatively, you can override |
| // the port for a target when you register it. You can register each EC2 instance |
| // or IP address with the same target group multiple times using different ports. |
| // |
| // With a Network Load Balancer, you cannot register instances by instance ID |
| // if they have the following instance types: C1, CC1, CC2, CG1, CG2, CR1, CS1, |
| // G1, G2, HI1, HS1, M1, M2, M3, and T1. You can register instances of these |
| // types by IP address. |
| // |
| // To remove a target from a target group, use DeregisterTargets. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's |
| // API operation RegisterTargets for usage and error information. |
| // |
| // Returned Error Codes: |
| // * ErrCodeTargetGroupNotFoundException "TargetGroupNotFound" |
| // The specified target group does not exist. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeTooManyTargetsException "TooManyTargets" |
| // You've reached the limit on the number of targets. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeInvalidTargetException "InvalidTarget" |
| // The specified target does not exist, is not in the same VPC as the target |
| // group, or has an unsupported instance type. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeTooManyRegistrationsForTargetIdException "TooManyRegistrationsForTargetId" |
| // You've reached the limit on the number of times a target can be registered |
| // with a load balancer. |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/RegisterTargets |
| func (c *ELBV2) RegisterTargets(input *RegisterTargetsInput) (*RegisterTargetsOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.RegisterTargetsRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // RegisterTargetsWithContext is the same as RegisterTargets with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See RegisterTargets for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *ELBV2) RegisterTargetsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RegisterTargetsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RegisterTargetsOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.RegisterTargetsRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opRemoveListenerCertificates = "RemoveListenerCertificates" |
| |
| // RemoveListenerCertificatesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the RemoveListenerCertificates operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See RemoveListenerCertificates for more information on using the RemoveListenerCertificates |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the RemoveListenerCertificatesRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.RemoveListenerCertificatesRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/RemoveListenerCertificates |
| func (c *ELBV2) RemoveListenerCertificatesRequest(input *RemoveListenerCertificatesInput) (req *request.Request, output *RemoveListenerCertificatesOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opRemoveListenerCertificates, |
| HTTPMethod: "POST", |
| HTTPPath: "/", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &RemoveListenerCertificatesInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &RemoveListenerCertificatesOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(query.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // RemoveListenerCertificates API operation for Elastic Load Balancing. |
| // |
| // Removes the specified certificate from the specified HTTPS listener. |
| // |
| // You can't remove the default certificate for a listener. To replace the default |
| // certificate, call ModifyListener. |
| // |
| // To list the certificates for your listener, use DescribeListenerCertificates. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's |
| // API operation RemoveListenerCertificates for usage and error information. |
| // |
| // Returned Error Codes: |
| // * ErrCodeListenerNotFoundException "ListenerNotFound" |
| // The specified listener does not exist. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeOperationNotPermittedException "OperationNotPermitted" |
| // This operation is not allowed. |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/RemoveListenerCertificates |
| func (c *ELBV2) RemoveListenerCertificates(input *RemoveListenerCertificatesInput) (*RemoveListenerCertificatesOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.RemoveListenerCertificatesRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // RemoveListenerCertificatesWithContext is the same as RemoveListenerCertificates with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See RemoveListenerCertificates for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *ELBV2) RemoveListenerCertificatesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RemoveListenerCertificatesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RemoveListenerCertificatesOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.RemoveListenerCertificatesRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opRemoveTags = "RemoveTags" |
| |
| // RemoveTagsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the RemoveTags operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See RemoveTags for more information on using the RemoveTags |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the RemoveTagsRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.RemoveTagsRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/RemoveTags |
| func (c *ELBV2) RemoveTagsRequest(input *RemoveTagsInput) (req *request.Request, output *RemoveTagsOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opRemoveTags, |
| HTTPMethod: "POST", |
| HTTPPath: "/", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &RemoveTagsInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &RemoveTagsOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(query.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // RemoveTags API operation for Elastic Load Balancing. |
| // |
| // Removes the specified tags from the specified Elastic Load Balancing resource. |
| // |
| // To list the current tags for your resources, use DescribeTags. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's |
| // API operation RemoveTags for usage and error information. |
| // |
| // Returned Error Codes: |
| // * ErrCodeLoadBalancerNotFoundException "LoadBalancerNotFound" |
| // The specified load balancer does not exist. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeTargetGroupNotFoundException "TargetGroupNotFound" |
| // The specified target group does not exist. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeListenerNotFoundException "ListenerNotFound" |
| // The specified listener does not exist. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeRuleNotFoundException "RuleNotFound" |
| // The specified rule does not exist. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeTooManyTagsException "TooManyTags" |
| // You've reached the limit on the number of tags per load balancer. |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/RemoveTags |
| func (c *ELBV2) RemoveTags(input *RemoveTagsInput) (*RemoveTagsOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.RemoveTagsRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // RemoveTagsWithContext is the same as RemoveTags with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See RemoveTags for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *ELBV2) RemoveTagsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RemoveTagsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RemoveTagsOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.RemoveTagsRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opSetIpAddressType = "SetIpAddressType" |
| |
| // SetIpAddressTypeRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the SetIpAddressType operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See SetIpAddressType for more information on using the SetIpAddressType |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the SetIpAddressTypeRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.SetIpAddressTypeRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/SetIpAddressType |
| func (c *ELBV2) SetIpAddressTypeRequest(input *SetIpAddressTypeInput) (req *request.Request, output *SetIpAddressTypeOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opSetIpAddressType, |
| HTTPMethod: "POST", |
| HTTPPath: "/", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &SetIpAddressTypeInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &SetIpAddressTypeOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // SetIpAddressType API operation for Elastic Load Balancing. |
| // |
| // Sets the type of IP addresses used by the subnets of the specified Application |
| // Load Balancer or Network Load Balancer. |
| // |
| // Network Load Balancers must use ipv4. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's |
| // API operation SetIpAddressType for usage and error information. |
| // |
| // Returned Error Codes: |
| // * ErrCodeLoadBalancerNotFoundException "LoadBalancerNotFound" |
| // The specified load balancer does not exist. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeInvalidConfigurationRequestException "InvalidConfigurationRequest" |
| // The requested configuration is not valid. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeInvalidSubnetException "InvalidSubnet" |
| // The specified subnet is out of available addresses. |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/SetIpAddressType |
| func (c *ELBV2) SetIpAddressType(input *SetIpAddressTypeInput) (*SetIpAddressTypeOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.SetIpAddressTypeRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // SetIpAddressTypeWithContext is the same as SetIpAddressType with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See SetIpAddressType for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *ELBV2) SetIpAddressTypeWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *SetIpAddressTypeInput, opts ...request.Option) (*SetIpAddressTypeOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.SetIpAddressTypeRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opSetRulePriorities = "SetRulePriorities" |
| |
| // SetRulePrioritiesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the SetRulePriorities operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See SetRulePriorities for more information on using the SetRulePriorities |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the SetRulePrioritiesRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.SetRulePrioritiesRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/SetRulePriorities |
| func (c *ELBV2) SetRulePrioritiesRequest(input *SetRulePrioritiesInput) (req *request.Request, output *SetRulePrioritiesOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opSetRulePriorities, |
| HTTPMethod: "POST", |
| HTTPPath: "/", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &SetRulePrioritiesInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &SetRulePrioritiesOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // SetRulePriorities API operation for Elastic Load Balancing. |
| // |
| // Sets the priorities of the specified rules. |
| // |
| // You can reorder the rules as long as there are no priority conflicts in the |
| // new order. Any existing rules that you do not specify retain their current |
| // priority. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's |
| // API operation SetRulePriorities for usage and error information. |
| // |
| // Returned Error Codes: |
| // * ErrCodeRuleNotFoundException "RuleNotFound" |
| // The specified rule does not exist. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodePriorityInUseException "PriorityInUse" |
| // The specified priority is in use. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeOperationNotPermittedException "OperationNotPermitted" |
| // This operation is not allowed. |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/SetRulePriorities |
| func (c *ELBV2) SetRulePriorities(input *SetRulePrioritiesInput) (*SetRulePrioritiesOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.SetRulePrioritiesRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // SetRulePrioritiesWithContext is the same as SetRulePriorities with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See SetRulePriorities for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *ELBV2) SetRulePrioritiesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *SetRulePrioritiesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*SetRulePrioritiesOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.SetRulePrioritiesRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opSetSecurityGroups = "SetSecurityGroups" |
| |
| // SetSecurityGroupsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the SetSecurityGroups operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See SetSecurityGroups for more information on using the SetSecurityGroups |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the SetSecurityGroupsRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.SetSecurityGroupsRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/SetSecurityGroups |
| func (c *ELBV2) SetSecurityGroupsRequest(input *SetSecurityGroupsInput) (req *request.Request, output *SetSecurityGroupsOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opSetSecurityGroups, |
| HTTPMethod: "POST", |
| HTTPPath: "/", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &SetSecurityGroupsInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &SetSecurityGroupsOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // SetSecurityGroups API operation for Elastic Load Balancing. |
| // |
| // Associates the specified security groups with the specified Application Load |
| // Balancer. The specified security groups override the previously associated |
| // security groups. |
| // |
| // You can't specify a security group for a Network Load Balancer. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's |
| // API operation SetSecurityGroups for usage and error information. |
| // |
| // Returned Error Codes: |
| // * ErrCodeLoadBalancerNotFoundException "LoadBalancerNotFound" |
| // The specified load balancer does not exist. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeInvalidConfigurationRequestException "InvalidConfigurationRequest" |
| // The requested configuration is not valid. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeInvalidSecurityGroupException "InvalidSecurityGroup" |
| // The specified security group does not exist. |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/SetSecurityGroups |
| func (c *ELBV2) SetSecurityGroups(input *SetSecurityGroupsInput) (*SetSecurityGroupsOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.SetSecurityGroupsRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // SetSecurityGroupsWithContext is the same as SetSecurityGroups with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See SetSecurityGroups for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *ELBV2) SetSecurityGroupsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *SetSecurityGroupsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*SetSecurityGroupsOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.SetSecurityGroupsRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opSetSubnets = "SetSubnets" |
| |
| // SetSubnetsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the SetSubnets operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See SetSubnets for more information on using the SetSubnets |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the SetSubnetsRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.SetSubnetsRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/SetSubnets |
| func (c *ELBV2) SetSubnetsRequest(input *SetSubnetsInput) (req *request.Request, output *SetSubnetsOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opSetSubnets, |
| HTTPMethod: "POST", |
| HTTPPath: "/", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &SetSubnetsInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &SetSubnetsOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // SetSubnets API operation for Elastic Load Balancing. |
| // |
| // Enables the Availability Zone for the specified public subnets for the specified |
| // Application Load Balancer. The specified subnets replace the previously enabled |
| // subnets. |
| // |
| // You can't change the subnets for a Network Load Balancer. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's |
| // API operation SetSubnets for usage and error information. |
| // |
| // Returned Error Codes: |
| // * ErrCodeLoadBalancerNotFoundException "LoadBalancerNotFound" |
| // The specified load balancer does not exist. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeInvalidConfigurationRequestException "InvalidConfigurationRequest" |
| // The requested configuration is not valid. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeSubnetNotFoundException "SubnetNotFound" |
| // The specified subnet does not exist. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeInvalidSubnetException "InvalidSubnet" |
| // The specified subnet is out of available addresses. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeAllocationIdNotFoundException "AllocationIdNotFound" |
| // The specified allocation ID does not exist. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeAvailabilityZoneNotSupportedException "AvailabilityZoneNotSupported" |
| // The specified Availability Zone is not supported. |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/SetSubnets |
| func (c *ELBV2) SetSubnets(input *SetSubnetsInput) (*SetSubnetsOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.SetSubnetsRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // SetSubnetsWithContext is the same as SetSubnets with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See SetSubnets for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *ELBV2) SetSubnetsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *SetSubnetsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*SetSubnetsOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.SetSubnetsRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // Information about an action. |
| type Action struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // [HTTPS listeners] Information for using Amazon Cognito to authenticate users. |
| // Specify only when Type is authenticate-cognito. |
| AuthenticateCognitoConfig *AuthenticateCognitoActionConfig `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // [HTTPS listeners] Information about an identity provider that is compliant |
| // with OpenID Connect (OIDC). Specify only when Type is authenticate-oidc. |
| AuthenticateOidcConfig *AuthenticateOidcActionConfig `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // [Application Load Balancer] Information for creating an action that returns |
| // a custom HTTP response. Specify only when Type is fixed-response. |
| FixedResponseConfig *FixedResponseActionConfig `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The order for the action. This value is required for rules with multiple |
| // actions. The action with the lowest value for order is performed first. The |
| // final action to be performed must be a forward or a fixed-response action. |
| Order *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"` |
| |
| // [Application Load Balancer] Information for creating a redirect action. Specify |
| // only when Type is redirect. |
| RedirectConfig *RedirectActionConfig `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the target group. Specify only when Type |
| // is forward. |
| TargetGroupArn *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // The type of action. Each rule must include exactly one of the following types |
| // of actions: forward, fixed-response, or redirect. |
| // |
| // Type is a required field |
| Type *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ActionTypeEnum"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s Action) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s Action) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *Action) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Action"} |
| if s.Order != nil && *s.Order < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Order", 1)) |
| } |
| if s.Type == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Type")) |
| } |
| if s.AuthenticateCognitoConfig != nil { |
| if err := s.AuthenticateCognitoConfig.Validate(); err != nil { |
| invalidParams.AddNested("AuthenticateCognitoConfig", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) |
| } |
| } |
| if s.AuthenticateOidcConfig != nil { |
| if err := s.AuthenticateOidcConfig.Validate(); err != nil { |
| invalidParams.AddNested("AuthenticateOidcConfig", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) |
| } |
| } |
| if s.FixedResponseConfig != nil { |
| if err := s.FixedResponseConfig.Validate(); err != nil { |
| invalidParams.AddNested("FixedResponseConfig", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) |
| } |
| } |
| if s.RedirectConfig != nil { |
| if err := s.RedirectConfig.Validate(); err != nil { |
| invalidParams.AddNested("RedirectConfig", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetAuthenticateCognitoConfig sets the AuthenticateCognitoConfig field's value. |
| func (s *Action) SetAuthenticateCognitoConfig(v *AuthenticateCognitoActionConfig) *Action { |
| s.AuthenticateCognitoConfig = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetAuthenticateOidcConfig sets the AuthenticateOidcConfig field's value. |
| func (s *Action) SetAuthenticateOidcConfig(v *AuthenticateOidcActionConfig) *Action { |
| s.AuthenticateOidcConfig = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetFixedResponseConfig sets the FixedResponseConfig field's value. |
| func (s *Action) SetFixedResponseConfig(v *FixedResponseActionConfig) *Action { |
| s.FixedResponseConfig = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetOrder sets the Order field's value. |
| func (s *Action) SetOrder(v int64) *Action { |
| s.Order = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetRedirectConfig sets the RedirectConfig field's value. |
| func (s *Action) SetRedirectConfig(v *RedirectActionConfig) *Action { |
| s.RedirectConfig = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetTargetGroupArn sets the TargetGroupArn field's value. |
| func (s *Action) SetTargetGroupArn(v string) *Action { |
| s.TargetGroupArn = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetType sets the Type field's value. |
| func (s *Action) SetType(v string) *Action { |
| s.Type = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type AddListenerCertificatesInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The certificate to add. You can specify one certificate per call. Set CertificateArn |
| // to the certificate ARN but do not set IsDefault. |
| // |
| // Certificates is a required field |
| Certificates []*Certificate `type:"list" required:"true"` |
| |
| // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the listener. |
| // |
| // ListenerArn is a required field |
| ListenerArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s AddListenerCertificatesInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s AddListenerCertificatesInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *AddListenerCertificatesInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AddListenerCertificatesInput"} |
| if s.Certificates == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Certificates")) |
| } |
| if s.ListenerArn == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ListenerArn")) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetCertificates sets the Certificates field's value. |
| func (s *AddListenerCertificatesInput) SetCertificates(v []*Certificate) *AddListenerCertificatesInput { |
| s.Certificates = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetListenerArn sets the ListenerArn field's value. |
| func (s *AddListenerCertificatesInput) SetListenerArn(v string) *AddListenerCertificatesInput { |
| s.ListenerArn = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type AddListenerCertificatesOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Information about the certificates. |
| Certificates []*Certificate `type:"list"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s AddListenerCertificatesOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s AddListenerCertificatesOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetCertificates sets the Certificates field's value. |
| func (s *AddListenerCertificatesOutput) SetCertificates(v []*Certificate) *AddListenerCertificatesOutput { |
| s.Certificates = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type AddTagsInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource. |
| // |
| // ResourceArns is a required field |
| ResourceArns []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` |
| |
| // The tags. Each resource can have a maximum of 10 tags. |
| // |
| // Tags is a required field |
| Tags []*Tag `min:"1" type:"list" required:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s AddTagsInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s AddTagsInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *AddTagsInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AddTagsInput"} |
| if s.ResourceArns == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceArns")) |
| } |
| if s.Tags == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Tags")) |
| } |
| if s.Tags != nil && len(s.Tags) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Tags", 1)) |
| } |
| if s.Tags != nil { |
| for i, v := range s.Tags { |
| if v == nil { |
| continue |
| } |
| if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { |
| invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Tags", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetResourceArns sets the ResourceArns field's value. |
| func (s *AddTagsInput) SetResourceArns(v []*string) *AddTagsInput { |
| s.ResourceArns = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetTags sets the Tags field's value. |
| func (s *AddTagsInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *AddTagsInput { |
| s.Tags = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type AddTagsOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s AddTagsOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s AddTagsOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Request parameters to use when integrating with Amazon Cognito to authenticate |
| // users. |
| type AuthenticateCognitoActionConfig struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The query parameters (up to 10) to include in the redirect request to the |
| // authorization endpoint. |
| AuthenticationRequestExtraParams map[string]*string `type:"map"` |
| |
| // The behavior if the user is not authenticated. The following are possible |
| // values: |
| // |
| // * deny - Return an HTTP 401 Unauthorized error. |
| // |
| // * allow - Allow the request to be forwarded to the target. |
| // |
| // authenticate |
| OnUnauthenticatedRequest *string `type:"string" enum:"AuthenticateCognitoActionConditionalBehaviorEnum"` |
| |
| // The set of user claims to be requested from the IdP. The default is openid. |
| // |
| // To verify which scope values your IdP supports and how to separate multiple |
| // values, see the documentation for your IdP. |
| Scope *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // The name of the cookie used to maintain session information. The default |
| // is AWSELBAuthSessionCookie. |
| SessionCookieName *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // The maximum duration of the authentication session, in seconds. The default |
| // is 604800 seconds (7 days). |
| SessionTimeout *int64 `type:"long"` |
| |
| // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon Cognito user pool. |
| // |
| // UserPoolArn is a required field |
| UserPoolArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // The ID of the Amazon Cognito user pool client. |
| // |
| // UserPoolClientId is a required field |
| UserPoolClientId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // The domain prefix or fully-qualified domain name of the Amazon Cognito user |
| // pool. |
| // |
| // UserPoolDomain is a required field |
| UserPoolDomain *string `type:"string" required:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s AuthenticateCognitoActionConfig) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s AuthenticateCognitoActionConfig) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *AuthenticateCognitoActionConfig) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AuthenticateCognitoActionConfig"} |
| if s.UserPoolArn == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("UserPoolArn")) |
| } |
| if s.UserPoolClientId == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("UserPoolClientId")) |
| } |
| if s.UserPoolDomain == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("UserPoolDomain")) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetAuthenticationRequestExtraParams sets the AuthenticationRequestExtraParams field's value. |
| func (s *AuthenticateCognitoActionConfig) SetAuthenticationRequestExtraParams(v map[string]*string) *AuthenticateCognitoActionConfig { |
| s.AuthenticationRequestExtraParams = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetOnUnauthenticatedRequest sets the OnUnauthenticatedRequest field's value. |
| func (s *AuthenticateCognitoActionConfig) SetOnUnauthenticatedRequest(v string) *AuthenticateCognitoActionConfig { |
| s.OnUnauthenticatedRequest = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetScope sets the Scope field's value. |
| func (s *AuthenticateCognitoActionConfig) SetScope(v string) *AuthenticateCognitoActionConfig { |
| s.Scope = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetSessionCookieName sets the SessionCookieName field's value. |
| func (s *AuthenticateCognitoActionConfig) SetSessionCookieName(v string) *AuthenticateCognitoActionConfig { |
| s.SessionCookieName = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetSessionTimeout sets the SessionTimeout field's value. |
| func (s *AuthenticateCognitoActionConfig) SetSessionTimeout(v int64) *AuthenticateCognitoActionConfig { |
| s.SessionTimeout = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetUserPoolArn sets the UserPoolArn field's value. |
| func (s *AuthenticateCognitoActionConfig) SetUserPoolArn(v string) *AuthenticateCognitoActionConfig { |
| s.UserPoolArn = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetUserPoolClientId sets the UserPoolClientId field's value. |
| func (s *AuthenticateCognitoActionConfig) SetUserPoolClientId(v string) *AuthenticateCognitoActionConfig { |
| s.UserPoolClientId = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetUserPoolDomain sets the UserPoolDomain field's value. |
| func (s *AuthenticateCognitoActionConfig) SetUserPoolDomain(v string) *AuthenticateCognitoActionConfig { |
| s.UserPoolDomain = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // Request parameters when using an identity provider (IdP) that is compliant |
| // with OpenID Connect (OIDC) to authenticate users. |
| type AuthenticateOidcActionConfig struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The query parameters (up to 10) to include in the redirect request to the |
| // authorization endpoint. |
| AuthenticationRequestExtraParams map[string]*string `type:"map"` |
| |
| // The authorization endpoint of the IdP. This must be a full URL, including |
| // the HTTPS protocol, the domain, and the path. |
| // |
| // AuthorizationEndpoint is a required field |
| AuthorizationEndpoint *string `type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // The OAuth 2.0 client identifier. |
| // |
| // ClientId is a required field |
| ClientId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // The OAuth 2.0 client secret. |
| // |
| // ClientSecret is a required field |
| ClientSecret *string `type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // The OIDC issuer identifier of the IdP. This must be a full URL, including |
| // the HTTPS protocol, the domain, and the path. |
| // |
| // Issuer is a required field |
| Issuer *string `type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // The behavior if the user is not authenticated. The following are possible |
| // values: |
| // |
| // * deny - Return an HTTP 401 Unauthorized error. |
| // |
| // * allow - Allow the request to be forwarded to the target. |
| // |
| // authenticate |
| OnUnauthenticatedRequest *string `type:"string" enum:"AuthenticateOidcActionConditionalBehaviorEnum"` |
| |
| // The set of user claims to be requested from the IdP. The default is openid. |
| // |
| // To verify which scope values your IdP supports and how to separate multiple |
| // values, see the documentation for your IdP. |
| Scope *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // The name of the cookie used to maintain session information. The default |
| // is AWSELBAuthSessionCookie. |
| SessionCookieName *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // The maximum duration of the authentication session, in seconds. The default |
| // is 604800 seconds (7 days). |
| SessionTimeout *int64 `type:"long"` |
| |
| // The token endpoint of the IdP. This must be a full URL, including the HTTPS |
| // protocol, the domain, and the path. |
| // |
| // TokenEndpoint is a required field |
| TokenEndpoint *string `type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // The user info endpoint of the IdP. This must be a full URL, including the |
| // HTTPS protocol, the domain, and the path. |
| // |
| // UserInfoEndpoint is a required field |
| UserInfoEndpoint *string `type:"string" required:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s AuthenticateOidcActionConfig) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s AuthenticateOidcActionConfig) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *AuthenticateOidcActionConfig) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AuthenticateOidcActionConfig"} |
| if s.AuthorizationEndpoint == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AuthorizationEndpoint")) |
| } |
| if s.ClientId == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ClientId")) |
| } |
| if s.ClientSecret == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ClientSecret")) |
| } |
| if s.Issuer == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Issuer")) |
| } |
| if s.TokenEndpoint == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TokenEndpoint")) |
| } |
| if s.UserInfoEndpoint == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("UserInfoEndpoint")) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetAuthenticationRequestExtraParams sets the AuthenticationRequestExtraParams field's value. |
| func (s *AuthenticateOidcActionConfig) SetAuthenticationRequestExtraParams(v map[string]*string) *AuthenticateOidcActionConfig { |
| s.AuthenticationRequestExtraParams = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetAuthorizationEndpoint sets the AuthorizationEndpoint field's value. |
| func (s *AuthenticateOidcActionConfig) SetAuthorizationEndpoint(v string) *AuthenticateOidcActionConfig { |
| s.AuthorizationEndpoint = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetClientId sets the ClientId field's value. |
| func (s *AuthenticateOidcActionConfig) SetClientId(v string) *AuthenticateOidcActionConfig { |
| s.ClientId = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetClientSecret sets the ClientSecret field's value. |
| func (s *AuthenticateOidcActionConfig) SetClientSecret(v string) *AuthenticateOidcActionConfig { |
| s.ClientSecret = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetIssuer sets the Issuer field's value. |
| func (s *AuthenticateOidcActionConfig) SetIssuer(v string) *AuthenticateOidcActionConfig { |
| s.Issuer = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetOnUnauthenticatedRequest sets the OnUnauthenticatedRequest field's value. |
| func (s *AuthenticateOidcActionConfig) SetOnUnauthenticatedRequest(v string) *AuthenticateOidcActionConfig { |
| s.OnUnauthenticatedRequest = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetScope sets the Scope field's value. |
| func (s *AuthenticateOidcActionConfig) SetScope(v string) *AuthenticateOidcActionConfig { |
| s.Scope = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetSessionCookieName sets the SessionCookieName field's value. |
| func (s *AuthenticateOidcActionConfig) SetSessionCookieName(v string) *AuthenticateOidcActionConfig { |
| s.SessionCookieName = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetSessionTimeout sets the SessionTimeout field's value. |
| func (s *AuthenticateOidcActionConfig) SetSessionTimeout(v int64) *AuthenticateOidcActionConfig { |
| s.SessionTimeout = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetTokenEndpoint sets the TokenEndpoint field's value. |
| func (s *AuthenticateOidcActionConfig) SetTokenEndpoint(v string) *AuthenticateOidcActionConfig { |
| s.TokenEndpoint = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetUserInfoEndpoint sets the UserInfoEndpoint field's value. |
| func (s *AuthenticateOidcActionConfig) SetUserInfoEndpoint(v string) *AuthenticateOidcActionConfig { |
| s.UserInfoEndpoint = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // Information about an Availability Zone. |
| type AvailabilityZone struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // [Network Load Balancers] The static IP address. |
| LoadBalancerAddresses []*LoadBalancerAddress `type:"list"` |
| |
| // The ID of the subnet. |
| SubnetId *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // The name of the Availability Zone. |
| ZoneName *string `type:"string"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s AvailabilityZone) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s AvailabilityZone) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetLoadBalancerAddresses sets the LoadBalancerAddresses field's value. |
| func (s *AvailabilityZone) SetLoadBalancerAddresses(v []*LoadBalancerAddress) *AvailabilityZone { |
| s.LoadBalancerAddresses = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetSubnetId sets the SubnetId field's value. |
| func (s *AvailabilityZone) SetSubnetId(v string) *AvailabilityZone { |
| s.SubnetId = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetZoneName sets the ZoneName field's value. |
| func (s *AvailabilityZone) SetZoneName(v string) *AvailabilityZone { |
| s.ZoneName = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // Information about an SSL server certificate. |
| type Certificate struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the certificate. |
| CertificateArn *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // Indicates whether the certificate is the default certificate. Do not set |
| // IsDefault when specifying a certificate as an input parameter. |
| IsDefault *bool `type:"boolean"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s Certificate) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s Certificate) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetCertificateArn sets the CertificateArn field's value. |
| func (s *Certificate) SetCertificateArn(v string) *Certificate { |
| s.CertificateArn = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetIsDefault sets the IsDefault field's value. |
| func (s *Certificate) SetIsDefault(v bool) *Certificate { |
| s.IsDefault = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // Information about a cipher used in a policy. |
| type Cipher struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The name of the cipher. |
| Name *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // The priority of the cipher. |
| Priority *int64 `type:"integer"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s Cipher) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s Cipher) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetName sets the Name field's value. |
| func (s *Cipher) SetName(v string) *Cipher { |
| s.Name = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetPriority sets the Priority field's value. |
| func (s *Cipher) SetPriority(v int64) *Cipher { |
| s.Priority = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type CreateListenerInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // [HTTPS and TLS listeners] The default SSL server certificate. You must provide |
| // exactly one certificate. Set CertificateArn to the certificate ARN but do |
| // not set IsDefault. |
| // |
| // To create a certificate list, use AddListenerCertificates. |
| Certificates []*Certificate `type:"list"` |
| |
| // The actions for the default rule. The rule must include one forward action |
| // or one or more fixed-response actions. |
| // |
| // If the action type is forward, you specify a target group. The protocol of |
| // the target group must be HTTP or HTTPS for an Application Load Balancer. |
| // The protocol of the target group must be TCP or TLS for a Network Load Balancer. |
| // |
| // [HTTPS listeners] If the action type is authenticate-oidc, you authenticate |
| // users through an identity provider that is OpenID Connect (OIDC) compliant. |
| // |
| // [HTTPS listeners] If the action type is authenticate-cognito, you authenticate |
| // users through the user pools supported by Amazon Cognito. |
| // |
| // [Application Load Balancer] If the action type is redirect, you redirect |
| // specified client requests from one URL to another. |
| // |
| // [Application Load Balancer] If the action type is fixed-response, you drop |
| // specified client requests and return a custom HTTP response. |
| // |
| // DefaultActions is a required field |
| DefaultActions []*Action `type:"list" required:"true"` |
| |
| // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the load balancer. |
| // |
| // LoadBalancerArn is a required field |
| LoadBalancerArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // The port on which the load balancer is listening. |
| // |
| // Port is a required field |
| Port *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer" required:"true"` |
| |
| // The protocol for connections from clients to the load balancer. For Application |
| // Load Balancers, the supported protocols are HTTP and HTTPS. For Network Load |
| // Balancers, the supported protocols are TCP and TLS. |
| // |
| // Protocol is a required field |
| Protocol *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ProtocolEnum"` |
| |
| // [HTTPS and TLS listeners] The security policy that defines which ciphers |
| // and protocols are supported. The default is the current predefined security |
| // policy. |
| SslPolicy *string `type:"string"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s CreateListenerInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s CreateListenerInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *CreateListenerInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateListenerInput"} |
| if s.DefaultActions == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DefaultActions")) |
| } |
| if s.LoadBalancerArn == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("LoadBalancerArn")) |
| } |
| if s.Port == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Port")) |
| } |
| if s.Port != nil && *s.Port < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Port", 1)) |
| } |
| if s.Protocol == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Protocol")) |
| } |
| if s.DefaultActions != nil { |
| for i, v := range s.DefaultActions { |
| if v == nil { |
| continue |
| } |
| if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { |
| invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "DefaultActions", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetCertificates sets the Certificates field's value. |
| func (s *CreateListenerInput) SetCertificates(v []*Certificate) *CreateListenerInput { |
| s.Certificates = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetDefaultActions sets the DefaultActions field's value. |
| func (s *CreateListenerInput) SetDefaultActions(v []*Action) *CreateListenerInput { |
| s.DefaultActions = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetLoadBalancerArn sets the LoadBalancerArn field's value. |
| func (s *CreateListenerInput) SetLoadBalancerArn(v string) *CreateListenerInput { |
| s.LoadBalancerArn = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetPort sets the Port field's value. |
| func (s *CreateListenerInput) SetPort(v int64) *CreateListenerInput { |
| s.Port = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetProtocol sets the Protocol field's value. |
| func (s *CreateListenerInput) SetProtocol(v string) *CreateListenerInput { |
| s.Protocol = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetSslPolicy sets the SslPolicy field's value. |
| func (s *CreateListenerInput) SetSslPolicy(v string) *CreateListenerInput { |
| s.SslPolicy = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type CreateListenerOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Information about the listener. |
| Listeners []*Listener `type:"list"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s CreateListenerOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s CreateListenerOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetListeners sets the Listeners field's value. |
| func (s *CreateListenerOutput) SetListeners(v []*Listener) *CreateListenerOutput { |
| s.Listeners = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type CreateLoadBalancerInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // [Application Load Balancers] The type of IP addresses used by the subnets |
| // for your load balancer. The possible values are ipv4 (for IPv4 addresses) |
| // and dualstack (for IPv4 and IPv6 addresses). Internal load balancers must |
| // use ipv4. |
| IpAddressType *string `type:"string" enum:"IpAddressType"` |
| |
| // The name of the load balancer. |
| // |
| // This name must be unique per region per account, can have a maximum of 32 |
| // characters, must contain only alphanumeric characters or hyphens, must not |
| // begin or end with a hyphen, and must not begin with "internal-". |
| // |
| // Name is a required field |
| Name *string `type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // The nodes of an Internet-facing load balancer have public IP addresses. The |
| // DNS name of an Internet-facing load balancer is publicly resolvable to the |
| // public IP addresses of the nodes. Therefore, Internet-facing load balancers |
| // can route requests from clients over the internet. |
| // |
| // The nodes of an internal load balancer have only private IP addresses. The |
| // DNS name of an internal load balancer is publicly resolvable to the private |
| // IP addresses of the nodes. Therefore, internal load balancers can only route |
| // requests from clients with access to the VPC for the load balancer. |
| // |
| // The default is an Internet-facing load balancer. |
| Scheme *string `type:"string" enum:"LoadBalancerSchemeEnum"` |
| |
| // [Application Load Balancers] The IDs of the security groups for the load |
| // balancer. |
| SecurityGroups []*string `type:"list"` |
| |
| // The IDs of the public subnets. You can specify only one subnet per Availability |
| // Zone. You must specify either subnets or subnet mappings. |
| // |
| // [Application Load Balancers] You must specify subnets from at least two Availability |
| // Zones. You cannot specify Elastic IP addresses for your subnets. |
| // |
| // [Network Load Balancers] You can specify subnets from one or more Availability |
| // Zones. You can specify one Elastic IP address per subnet. |
| SubnetMappings []*SubnetMapping `type:"list"` |
| |
| // The IDs of the public subnets. You can specify only one subnet per Availability |
| // Zone. You must specify either subnets or subnet mappings. |
| // |
| // [Application Load Balancers] You must specify subnets from at least two Availability |
| // Zones. |
| // |
| // [Network Load Balancers] You can specify subnets from one or more Availability |
| // Zones. |
| Subnets []*string `type:"list"` |
| |
| // One or more tags to assign to the load balancer. |
| Tags []*Tag `min:"1" type:"list"` |
| |
| // The type of load balancer. The default is application. |
| Type *string `type:"string" enum:"LoadBalancerTypeEnum"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s CreateLoadBalancerInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s CreateLoadBalancerInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *CreateLoadBalancerInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateLoadBalancerInput"} |
| if s.Name == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name")) |
| } |
| if s.Tags != nil && len(s.Tags) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Tags", 1)) |
| } |
| if s.Tags != nil { |
| for i, v := range s.Tags { |
| if v == nil { |
| continue |
| } |
| if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { |
| invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Tags", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetIpAddressType sets the IpAddressType field's value. |
| func (s *CreateLoadBalancerInput) SetIpAddressType(v string) *CreateLoadBalancerInput { |
| s.IpAddressType = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetName sets the Name field's value. |
| func (s *CreateLoadBalancerInput) SetName(v string) *CreateLoadBalancerInput { |
| s.Name = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetScheme sets the Scheme field's value. |
| func (s *CreateLoadBalancerInput) SetScheme(v string) *CreateLoadBalancerInput { |
| s.Scheme = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetSecurityGroups sets the SecurityGroups field's value. |
| func (s *CreateLoadBalancerInput) SetSecurityGroups(v []*string) *CreateLoadBalancerInput { |
| s.SecurityGroups = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetSubnetMappings sets the SubnetMappings field's value. |
| func (s *CreateLoadBalancerInput) SetSubnetMappings(v []*SubnetMapping) *CreateLoadBalancerInput { |
| s.SubnetMappings = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetSubnets sets the Subnets field's value. |
| func (s *CreateLoadBalancerInput) SetSubnets(v []*string) *CreateLoadBalancerInput { |
| s.Subnets = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetTags sets the Tags field's value. |
| func (s *CreateLoadBalancerInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateLoadBalancerInput { |
| s.Tags = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetType sets the Type field's value. |
| func (s *CreateLoadBalancerInput) SetType(v string) *CreateLoadBalancerInput { |
| s.Type = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type CreateLoadBalancerOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Information about the load balancer. |
| LoadBalancers []*LoadBalancer `type:"list"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s CreateLoadBalancerOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s CreateLoadBalancerOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetLoadBalancers sets the LoadBalancers field's value. |
| func (s *CreateLoadBalancerOutput) SetLoadBalancers(v []*LoadBalancer) *CreateLoadBalancerOutput { |
| s.LoadBalancers = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type CreateRuleInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The actions. Each rule must include exactly one of the following types of |
| // actions: forward, fixed-response, or redirect. |
| // |
| // If the action type is forward, you specify a target group. The protocol of |
| // the target group must be HTTP or HTTPS for an Application Load Balancer. |
| // The protocol of the target group must be TCP or TLS for a Network Load Balancer. |
| // |
| // [HTTPS listeners] If the action type is authenticate-oidc, you authenticate |
| // users through an identity provider that is OpenID Connect (OIDC) compliant. |
| // |
| // [HTTPS listeners] If the action type is authenticate-cognito, you authenticate |
| // users through the user pools supported by Amazon Cognito. |
| // |
| // [Application Load Balancer] If the action type is redirect, you redirect |
| // specified client requests from one URL to another. |
| // |
| // [Application Load Balancer] If the action type is fixed-response, you drop |
| // specified client requests and return a custom HTTP response. |
| // |
| // Actions is a required field |
| Actions []*Action `type:"list" required:"true"` |
| |
| // The conditions. Each condition specifies a field name and a single value. |
| // |
| // If the field name is host-header, you can specify a single host name (for |
| // example, my.example.com). A host name is case insensitive, can be up to 128 |
| // characters in length, and can contain any of the following characters. You |
| // can include up to three wildcard characters. |
| // |
| // * A-Z, a-z, 0-9 |
| // |
| // * - . |
| // |
| // * * (matches 0 or more characters) |
| // |
| // * ? (matches exactly 1 character) |
| // |
| // If the field name is path-pattern, you can specify a single path pattern. |
| // A path pattern is case-sensitive, can be up to 128 characters in length, |
| // and can contain any of the following characters. You can include up to three |
| // wildcard characters. |
| // |
| // * A-Z, a-z, 0-9 |
| // |
| // * _ - . $ / ~ " ' @ : + |
| // |
| // * & (using &) |
| // |
| // * * (matches 0 or more characters) |
| // |
| // * ? (matches exactly 1 character) |
| // |
| // Conditions is a required field |
| Conditions []*RuleCondition `type:"list" required:"true"` |
| |
| // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the listener. |
| // |
| // ListenerArn is a required field |
| ListenerArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // The rule priority. A listener can't have multiple rules with the same priority. |
| // |
| // Priority is a required field |
| Priority *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer" required:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s CreateRuleInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s CreateRuleInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *CreateRuleInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateRuleInput"} |
| if s.Actions == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Actions")) |
| } |
| if s.Conditions == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Conditions")) |
| } |
| if s.ListenerArn == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ListenerArn")) |
| } |
| if s.Priority == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Priority")) |
| } |
| if s.Priority != nil && *s.Priority < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Priority", 1)) |
| } |
| if s.Actions != nil { |
| for i, v := range s.Actions { |
| if v == nil { |
| continue |
| } |
| if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { |
| invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Actions", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetActions sets the Actions field's value. |
| func (s *CreateRuleInput) SetActions(v []*Action) *CreateRuleInput { |
| s.Actions = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetConditions sets the Conditions field's value. |
| func (s *CreateRuleInput) SetConditions(v []*RuleCondition) *CreateRuleInput { |
| s.Conditions = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetListenerArn sets the ListenerArn field's value. |
| func (s *CreateRuleInput) SetListenerArn(v string) *CreateRuleInput { |
| s.ListenerArn = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetPriority sets the Priority field's value. |
| func (s *CreateRuleInput) SetPriority(v int64) *CreateRuleInput { |
| s.Priority = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type CreateRuleOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Information about the rule. |
| Rules []*Rule `type:"list"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s CreateRuleOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s CreateRuleOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetRules sets the Rules field's value. |
| func (s *CreateRuleOutput) SetRules(v []*Rule) *CreateRuleOutput { |
| s.Rules = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type CreateTargetGroupInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Indicates whether health checks are enabled. If the target type is instance |
| // or ip, the default is true. If the target type is lambda, the default is |
| // false. |
| HealthCheckEnabled *bool `type:"boolean"` |
| |
| // The approximate amount of time, in seconds, between health checks of an individual |
| // target. For Application Load Balancers, the range is 5–300 seconds. For Network |
| // Load Balancers, the supported values are 10 or 30 seconds. If the target |
| // type is instance or ip, the default is 30 seconds. If the target type is |
| // lambda, the default is 35 seconds. |
| HealthCheckIntervalSeconds *int64 `min:"5" type:"integer"` |
| |
| // [HTTP/HTTPS health checks] The ping path that is the destination on the targets |
| // for health checks. The default is /. |
| HealthCheckPath *string `min:"1" type:"string"` |
| |
| // The port the load balancer uses when performing health checks on targets. |
| // The default is traffic-port, which is the port on which each target receives |
| // traffic from the load balancer. |
| HealthCheckPort *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // The protocol the load balancer uses when performing health checks on targets. |
| // For Application Load Balancers, the default is HTTP. For Network Load Balancers, |
| // the default is TCP. The TCP protocol is supported for health checks only |
| // if the protocol of the target group is TCP or TLS. The TLS protocol is not |
| // supported for health checks. |
| HealthCheckProtocol *string `type:"string" enum:"ProtocolEnum"` |
| |
| // The amount of time, in seconds, during which no response from a target means |
| // a failed health check. For Application Load Balancers, the range is 2–120 |
| // seconds and the default is 5 seconds if the target type is instance or ip |
| // and 30 seconds if the target type is lambda. For Network Load Balancers, |
| // this is 10 seconds for TCP and HTTPS health checks and 6 seconds for HTTP |
| // health checks. |
| HealthCheckTimeoutSeconds *int64 `min:"2" type:"integer"` |
| |
| // The number of consecutive health checks successes required before considering |
| // an unhealthy target healthy. For Application Load Balancers, the default |
| // is 5. For Network Load Balancers, the default is 3. |
| HealthyThresholdCount *int64 `min:"2" type:"integer"` |
| |
| // [HTTP/HTTPS health checks] The HTTP codes to use when checking for a successful |
| // response from a target. |
| Matcher *Matcher `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The name of the target group. |
| // |
| // This name must be unique per region per account, can have a maximum of 32 |
| // characters, must contain only alphanumeric characters or hyphens, and must |
| // not begin or end with a hyphen. |
| // |
| // Name is a required field |
| Name *string `type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // The port on which the targets receive traffic. This port is used unless you |
| // specify a port override when registering the target. If the target is a Lambda |
| // function, this parameter does not apply. |
| Port *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"` |
| |
| // The protocol to use for routing traffic to the targets. For Application Load |
| // Balancers, the supported protocols are HTTP and HTTPS. For Network Load Balancers, |
| // the supported protocols are TCP and TLS. If the target is a Lambda function, |
| // this parameter does not apply. |
| Protocol *string `type:"string" enum:"ProtocolEnum"` |
| |
| // The type of target that you must specify when registering targets with this |
| // target group. You can't specify targets for a target group using more than |
| // one target type. |
| // |
| // * instance - Targets are specified by instance ID. This is the default |
| // value. |
| // |
| // * ip - Targets are specified by IP address. You can specify IP addresses |
| // from the subnets of the virtual private cloud (VPC) for the target group, |
| // the RFC 1918 range (10.0.0.0/8, 172.16.0.0/12, and 192.168.0.0/16), and |
| // the RFC 6598 range (100.64.0.0/10). You can't specify publicly routable |
| // IP addresses. |
| // |
| // * lambda - The target groups contains a single Lambda function. |
| TargetType *string `type:"string" enum:"TargetTypeEnum"` |
| |
| // The number of consecutive health check failures required before considering |
| // a target unhealthy. For Application Load Balancers, the default is 2. For |
| // Network Load Balancers, this value must be the same as the healthy threshold |
| // count. |
| UnhealthyThresholdCount *int64 `min:"2" type:"integer"` |
| |
| // The identifier of the virtual private cloud (VPC). If the target is a Lambda |
| // function, this parameter does not apply. |
| VpcId *string `type:"string"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s CreateTargetGroupInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s CreateTargetGroupInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *CreateTargetGroupInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateTargetGroupInput"} |
| if s.HealthCheckIntervalSeconds != nil && *s.HealthCheckIntervalSeconds < 5 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("HealthCheckIntervalSeconds", 5)) |
| } |
| if s.HealthCheckPath != nil && len(*s.HealthCheckPath) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("HealthCheckPath", 1)) |
| } |
| if s.HealthCheckTimeoutSeconds != nil && *s.HealthCheckTimeoutSeconds < 2 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("HealthCheckTimeoutSeconds", 2)) |
| } |
| if s.HealthyThresholdCount != nil && *s.HealthyThresholdCount < 2 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("HealthyThresholdCount", 2)) |
| } |
| if s.Name == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name")) |
| } |
| if s.Port != nil && *s.Port < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Port", 1)) |
| } |
| if s.UnhealthyThresholdCount != nil && *s.UnhealthyThresholdCount < 2 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("UnhealthyThresholdCount", 2)) |
| } |
| if s.Matcher != nil { |
| if err := s.Matcher.Validate(); err != nil { |
| invalidParams.AddNested("Matcher", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetHealthCheckEnabled sets the HealthCheckEnabled field's value. |
| func (s *CreateTargetGroupInput) SetHealthCheckEnabled(v bool) *CreateTargetGroupInput { |
| s.HealthCheckEnabled = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetHealthCheckIntervalSeconds sets the HealthCheckIntervalSeconds field's value. |
| func (s *CreateTargetGroupInput) SetHealthCheckIntervalSeconds(v int64) *CreateTargetGroupInput { |
| s.HealthCheckIntervalSeconds = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetHealthCheckPath sets the HealthCheckPath field's value. |
| func (s *CreateTargetGroupInput) SetHealthCheckPath(v string) *CreateTargetGroupInput { |
| s.HealthCheckPath = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetHealthCheckPort sets the HealthCheckPort field's value. |
| func (s *CreateTargetGroupInput) SetHealthCheckPort(v string) *CreateTargetGroupInput { |
| s.HealthCheckPort = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetHealthCheckProtocol sets the HealthCheckProtocol field's value. |
| func (s *CreateTargetGroupInput) SetHealthCheckProtocol(v string) *CreateTargetGroupInput { |
| s.HealthCheckProtocol = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetHealthCheckTimeoutSeconds sets the HealthCheckTimeoutSeconds field's value. |
| func (s *CreateTargetGroupInput) SetHealthCheckTimeoutSeconds(v int64) *CreateTargetGroupInput { |
| s.HealthCheckTimeoutSeconds = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetHealthyThresholdCount sets the HealthyThresholdCount field's value. |
| func (s *CreateTargetGroupInput) SetHealthyThresholdCount(v int64) *CreateTargetGroupInput { |
| s.HealthyThresholdCount = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetMatcher sets the Matcher field's value. |
| func (s *CreateTargetGroupInput) SetMatcher(v *Matcher) *CreateTargetGroupInput { |
| s.Matcher = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetName sets the Name field's value. |
| func (s *CreateTargetGroupInput) SetName(v string) *CreateTargetGroupInput { |
| s.Name = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetPort sets the Port field's value. |
| func (s *CreateTargetGroupInput) SetPort(v int64) *CreateTargetGroupInput { |
| s.Port = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetProtocol sets the Protocol field's value. |
| func (s *CreateTargetGroupInput) SetProtocol(v string) *CreateTargetGroupInput { |
| s.Protocol = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetTargetType sets the TargetType field's value. |
| func (s *CreateTargetGroupInput) SetTargetType(v string) *CreateTargetGroupInput { |
| s.TargetType = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetUnhealthyThresholdCount sets the UnhealthyThresholdCount field's value. |
| func (s *CreateTargetGroupInput) SetUnhealthyThresholdCount(v int64) *CreateTargetGroupInput { |
| s.UnhealthyThresholdCount = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value. |
| func (s *CreateTargetGroupInput) SetVpcId(v string) *CreateTargetGroupInput { |
| s.VpcId = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type CreateTargetGroupOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Information about the target group. |
| TargetGroups []*TargetGroup `type:"list"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s CreateTargetGroupOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s CreateTargetGroupOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetTargetGroups sets the TargetGroups field's value. |
| func (s *CreateTargetGroupOutput) SetTargetGroups(v []*TargetGroup) *CreateTargetGroupOutput { |
| s.TargetGroups = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type DeleteListenerInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the listener. |
| // |
| // ListenerArn is a required field |
| ListenerArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s DeleteListenerInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s DeleteListenerInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *DeleteListenerInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteListenerInput"} |
| if s.ListenerArn == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ListenerArn")) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetListenerArn sets the ListenerArn field's value. |
| func (s *DeleteListenerInput) SetListenerArn(v string) *DeleteListenerInput { |
| s.ListenerArn = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type DeleteListenerOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s DeleteListenerOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s DeleteListenerOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| type DeleteLoadBalancerInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the load balancer. |
| // |
| // LoadBalancerArn is a required field |
| LoadBalancerArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s DeleteLoadBalancerInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s DeleteLoadBalancerInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *DeleteLoadBalancerInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteLoadBalancerInput"} |
| if s.LoadBalancerArn == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("LoadBalancerArn")) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetLoadBalancerArn sets the LoadBalancerArn field's value. |
| func (s *DeleteLoadBalancerInput) SetLoadBalancerArn(v string) *DeleteLoadBalancerInput { |
| s.LoadBalancerArn = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type DeleteLoadBalancerOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s DeleteLoadBalancerOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s DeleteLoadBalancerOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| type DeleteRuleInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the rule. |
| // |
| // RuleArn is a required field |
| RuleArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s DeleteRuleInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s DeleteRuleInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *DeleteRuleInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteRuleInput"} |
| if s.RuleArn == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RuleArn")) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetRuleArn sets the RuleArn field's value. |
| func (s *DeleteRuleInput) SetRuleArn(v string) *DeleteRuleInput { |
| s.RuleArn = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type DeleteRuleOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s DeleteRuleOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s DeleteRuleOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| type DeleteTargetGroupInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the target group. |
| // |
| // TargetGroupArn is a required field |
| TargetGroupArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s DeleteTargetGroupInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s DeleteTargetGroupInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *DeleteTargetGroupInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteTargetGroupInput"} |
| if s.TargetGroupArn == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetGroupArn")) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetTargetGroupArn sets the TargetGroupArn field's value. |
| func (s *DeleteTargetGroupInput) SetTargetGroupArn(v string) *DeleteTargetGroupInput { |
| s.TargetGroupArn = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type DeleteTargetGroupOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s DeleteTargetGroupOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s DeleteTargetGroupOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| type DeregisterTargetsInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the target group. |
| // |
| // TargetGroupArn is a required field |
| TargetGroupArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // The targets. If you specified a port override when you registered a target, |
| // you must specify both the target ID and the port when you deregister it. |
| // |
| // Targets is a required field |
| Targets []*TargetDescription `type:"list" required:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s DeregisterTargetsInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s DeregisterTargetsInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *DeregisterTargetsInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeregisterTargetsInput"} |
| if s.TargetGroupArn == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetGroupArn")) |
| } |
| if s.Targets == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Targets")) |
| } |
| if s.Targets != nil { |
| for i, v := range s.Targets { |
| if v == nil { |
| continue |
| } |
| if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { |
| invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Targets", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetTargetGroupArn sets the TargetGroupArn field's value. |
| func (s *DeregisterTargetsInput) SetTargetGroupArn(v string) *DeregisterTargetsInput { |
| s.TargetGroupArn = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetTargets sets the Targets field's value. |
| func (s *DeregisterTargetsInput) SetTargets(v []*TargetDescription) *DeregisterTargetsInput { |
| s.Targets = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type DeregisterTargetsOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s DeregisterTargetsOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s DeregisterTargetsOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| type DescribeAccountLimitsInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The marker for the next set of results. (You received this marker from a |
| // previous call.) |
| Marker *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // The maximum number of results to return with this call. |
| PageSize *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s DescribeAccountLimitsInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s DescribeAccountLimitsInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *DescribeAccountLimitsInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeAccountLimitsInput"} |
| if s.PageSize != nil && *s.PageSize < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("PageSize", 1)) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. |
| func (s *DescribeAccountLimitsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeAccountLimitsInput { |
| s.Marker = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetPageSize sets the PageSize field's value. |
| func (s *DescribeAccountLimitsInput) SetPageSize(v int64) *DescribeAccountLimitsInput { |
| s.PageSize = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type DescribeAccountLimitsOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Information about the limits. |
| Limits []*Limit `type:"list"` |
| |
| // The marker to use when requesting the next set of results. If there are no |
| // additional results, the string is empty. |
| NextMarker *string `type:"string"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s DescribeAccountLimitsOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s DescribeAccountLimitsOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetLimits sets the Limits field's value. |
| func (s *DescribeAccountLimitsOutput) SetLimits(v []*Limit) *DescribeAccountLimitsOutput { |
| s.Limits = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetNextMarker sets the NextMarker field's value. |
| func (s *DescribeAccountLimitsOutput) SetNextMarker(v string) *DescribeAccountLimitsOutput { |
| s.NextMarker = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type DescribeListenerCertificatesInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The Amazon Resource Names (ARN) of the listener. |
| // |
| // ListenerArn is a required field |
| ListenerArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // The marker for the next set of results. (You received this marker from a |
| // previous call.) |
| Marker *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // The maximum number of results to return with this call. |
| PageSize *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s DescribeListenerCertificatesInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s DescribeListenerCertificatesInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *DescribeListenerCertificatesInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeListenerCertificatesInput"} |
| if s.ListenerArn == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ListenerArn")) |
| } |
| if s.PageSize != nil && *s.PageSize < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("PageSize", 1)) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetListenerArn sets the ListenerArn field's value. |
| func (s *DescribeListenerCertificatesInput) SetListenerArn(v string) *DescribeListenerCertificatesInput { |
| s.ListenerArn = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. |
| func (s *DescribeListenerCertificatesInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeListenerCertificatesInput { |
| s.Marker = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetPageSize sets the PageSize field's value. |
| func (s *DescribeListenerCertificatesInput) SetPageSize(v int64) *DescribeListenerCertificatesInput { |
| s.PageSize = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type DescribeListenerCertificatesOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Information about the certificates. |
| Certificates []*Certificate `type:"list"` |
| |
| // The marker to use when requesting the next set of results. If there are no |
| // additional results, the string is empty. |
| NextMarker *string `type:"string"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s DescribeListenerCertificatesOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s DescribeListenerCertificatesOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetCertificates sets the Certificates field's value. |
| func (s *DescribeListenerCertificatesOutput) SetCertificates(v []*Certificate) *DescribeListenerCertificatesOutput { |
| s.Certificates = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetNextMarker sets the NextMarker field's value. |
| func (s *DescribeListenerCertificatesOutput) SetNextMarker(v string) *DescribeListenerCertificatesOutput { |
| s.NextMarker = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type DescribeListenersInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The Amazon Resource Names (ARN) of the listeners. |
| ListenerArns []*string `type:"list"` |
| |
| // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the load balancer. |
| LoadBalancerArn *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // The marker for the next set of results. (You received this marker from a |
| // previous call.) |
| Marker *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // The maximum number of results to return with this call. |
| PageSize *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s DescribeListenersInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s DescribeListenersInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *DescribeListenersInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeListenersInput"} |
| if s.PageSize != nil && *s.PageSize < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("PageSize", 1)) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetListenerArns sets the ListenerArns field's value. |
| func (s *DescribeListenersInput) SetListenerArns(v []*string) *DescribeListenersInput { |
| s.ListenerArns = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetLoadBalancerArn sets the LoadBalancerArn field's value. |
| func (s *DescribeListenersInput) SetLoadBalancerArn(v string) *DescribeListenersInput { |
| s.LoadBalancerArn = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. |
| func (s *DescribeListenersInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeListenersInput { |
| s.Marker = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetPageSize sets the PageSize field's value. |
| func (s *DescribeListenersInput) SetPageSize(v int64) *DescribeListenersInput { |
| s.PageSize = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type DescribeListenersOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Information about the listeners. |
| Listeners []*Listener `type:"list"` |
| |
| // The marker to use when requesting the next set of results. If there are no |
| // additional results, the string is empty. |
| NextMarker *string `type:"string"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s DescribeListenersOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s DescribeListenersOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetListeners sets the Listeners field's value. |
| func (s *DescribeListenersOutput) SetListeners(v []*Listener) *DescribeListenersOutput { |
| s.Listeners = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetNextMarker sets the NextMarker field's value. |
| func (s *DescribeListenersOutput) SetNextMarker(v string) *DescribeListenersOutput { |
| s.NextMarker = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type DescribeLoadBalancerAttributesInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the load balancer. |
| // |
| // LoadBalancerArn is a required field |
| LoadBalancerArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s DescribeLoadBalancerAttributesInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s DescribeLoadBalancerAttributesInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *DescribeLoadBalancerAttributesInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeLoadBalancerAttributesInput"} |
| if s.LoadBalancerArn == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("LoadBalancerArn")) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetLoadBalancerArn sets the LoadBalancerArn field's value. |
| func (s *DescribeLoadBalancerAttributesInput) SetLoadBalancerArn(v string) *DescribeLoadBalancerAttributesInput { |
| s.LoadBalancerArn = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type DescribeLoadBalancerAttributesOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Information about the load balancer attributes. |
| Attributes []*LoadBalancerAttribute `type:"list"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s DescribeLoadBalancerAttributesOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s DescribeLoadBalancerAttributesOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetAttributes sets the Attributes field's value. |
| func (s *DescribeLoadBalancerAttributesOutput) SetAttributes(v []*LoadBalancerAttribute) *DescribeLoadBalancerAttributesOutput { |
| s.Attributes = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type DescribeLoadBalancersInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The Amazon Resource Names (ARN) of the load balancers. You can specify up |
| // to 20 load balancers in a single call. |
| LoadBalancerArns []*string `type:"list"` |
| |
| // The marker for the next set of results. (You received this marker from a |
| // previous call.) |
| Marker *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // The names of the load balancers. |
| Names []*string `type:"list"` |
| |
| // The maximum number of results to return with this call. |
| PageSize *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s DescribeLoadBalancersInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s DescribeLoadBalancersInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *DescribeLoadBalancersInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeLoadBalancersInput"} |
| if s.PageSize != nil && *s.PageSize < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("PageSize", 1)) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetLoadBalancerArns sets the LoadBalancerArns field's value. |
| func (s *DescribeLoadBalancersInput) SetLoadBalancerArns(v []*string) *DescribeLoadBalancersInput { |
| s.LoadBalancerArns = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. |
| func (s *DescribeLoadBalancersInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeLoadBalancersInput { |
| s.Marker = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetNames sets the Names field's value. |
| func (s *DescribeLoadBalancersInput) SetNames(v []*string) *DescribeLoadBalancersInput { |
| s.Names = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetPageSize sets the PageSize field's value. |
| func (s *DescribeLoadBalancersInput) SetPageSize(v int64) *DescribeLoadBalancersInput { |
| s.PageSize = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type DescribeLoadBalancersOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Information about the load balancers. |
| LoadBalancers []*LoadBalancer `type:"list"` |
| |
| // The marker to use when requesting the next set of results. If there are no |
| // additional results, the string is empty. |
| NextMarker *string `type:"string"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s DescribeLoadBalancersOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s DescribeLoadBalancersOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetLoadBalancers sets the LoadBalancers field's value. |
| func (s *DescribeLoadBalancersOutput) SetLoadBalancers(v []*LoadBalancer) *DescribeLoadBalancersOutput { |
| s.LoadBalancers = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetNextMarker sets the NextMarker field's value. |
| func (s *DescribeLoadBalancersOutput) SetNextMarker(v string) *DescribeLoadBalancersOutput { |
| s.NextMarker = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type DescribeRulesInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the listener. |
| ListenerArn *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // The marker for the next set of results. (You received this marker from a |
| // previous call.) |
| Marker *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // The maximum number of results to return with this call. |
| PageSize *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"` |
| |
| // The Amazon Resource Names (ARN) of the rules. |
| RuleArns []*string `type:"list"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s DescribeRulesInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s DescribeRulesInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *DescribeRulesInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeRulesInput"} |
| if s.PageSize != nil && *s.PageSize < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("PageSize", 1)) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetListenerArn sets the ListenerArn field's value. |
| func (s *DescribeRulesInput) SetListenerArn(v string) *DescribeRulesInput { |
| s.ListenerArn = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. |
| func (s *DescribeRulesInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeRulesInput { |
| s.Marker = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetPageSize sets the PageSize field's value. |
| func (s *DescribeRulesInput) SetPageSize(v int64) *DescribeRulesInput { |
| s.PageSize = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetRuleArns sets the RuleArns field's value. |
| func (s *DescribeRulesInput) SetRuleArns(v []*string) *DescribeRulesInput { |
| s.RuleArns = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type DescribeRulesOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The marker to use when requesting the next set of results. If there are no |
| // additional results, the string is empty. |
| NextMarker *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // Information about the rules. |
| Rules []*Rule `type:"list"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s DescribeRulesOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s DescribeRulesOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetNextMarker sets the NextMarker field's value. |
| func (s *DescribeRulesOutput) SetNextMarker(v string) *DescribeRulesOutput { |
| s.NextMarker = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetRules sets the Rules field's value. |
| func (s *DescribeRulesOutput) SetRules(v []*Rule) *DescribeRulesOutput { |
| s.Rules = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type DescribeSSLPoliciesInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The marker for the next set of results. (You received this marker from a |
| // previous call.) |
| Marker *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // The names of the policies. |
| Names []*string `type:"list"` |
| |
| // The maximum number of results to return with this call. |
| PageSize *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s DescribeSSLPoliciesInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s DescribeSSLPoliciesInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *DescribeSSLPoliciesInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeSSLPoliciesInput"} |
| if s.PageSize != nil && *s.PageSize < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("PageSize", 1)) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. |
| func (s *DescribeSSLPoliciesInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeSSLPoliciesInput { |
| s.Marker = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetNames sets the Names field's value. |
| func (s *DescribeSSLPoliciesInput) SetNames(v []*string) *DescribeSSLPoliciesInput { |
| s.Names = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetPageSize sets the PageSize field's value. |
| func (s *DescribeSSLPoliciesInput) SetPageSize(v int64) *DescribeSSLPoliciesInput { |
| s.PageSize = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type DescribeSSLPoliciesOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The marker to use when requesting the next set of results. If there are no |
| // additional results, the string is empty. |
| NextMarker *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // Information about the policies. |
| SslPolicies []*SslPolicy `type:"list"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s DescribeSSLPoliciesOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s DescribeSSLPoliciesOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetNextMarker sets the NextMarker field's value. |
| func (s *DescribeSSLPoliciesOutput) SetNextMarker(v string) *DescribeSSLPoliciesOutput { |
| s.NextMarker = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetSslPolicies sets the SslPolicies field's value. |
| func (s *DescribeSSLPoliciesOutput) SetSslPolicies(v []*SslPolicy) *DescribeSSLPoliciesOutput { |
| s.SslPolicies = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type DescribeTagsInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The Amazon Resource Names (ARN) of the resources. |
| // |
| // ResourceArns is a required field |
| ResourceArns []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s DescribeTagsInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s DescribeTagsInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *DescribeTagsInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeTagsInput"} |
| if s.ResourceArns == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceArns")) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetResourceArns sets the ResourceArns field's value. |
| func (s *DescribeTagsInput) SetResourceArns(v []*string) *DescribeTagsInput { |
| s.ResourceArns = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type DescribeTagsOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Information about the tags. |
| TagDescriptions []*TagDescription `type:"list"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s DescribeTagsOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s DescribeTagsOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetTagDescriptions sets the TagDescriptions field's value. |
| func (s *DescribeTagsOutput) SetTagDescriptions(v []*TagDescription) *DescribeTagsOutput { |
| s.TagDescriptions = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type DescribeTargetGroupAttributesInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the target group. |
| // |
| // TargetGroupArn is a required field |
| TargetGroupArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s DescribeTargetGroupAttributesInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s DescribeTargetGroupAttributesInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *DescribeTargetGroupAttributesInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeTargetGroupAttributesInput"} |
| if s.TargetGroupArn == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetGroupArn")) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetTargetGroupArn sets the TargetGroupArn field's value. |
| func (s *DescribeTargetGroupAttributesInput) SetTargetGroupArn(v string) *DescribeTargetGroupAttributesInput { |
| s.TargetGroupArn = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type DescribeTargetGroupAttributesOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Information about the target group attributes |
| Attributes []*TargetGroupAttribute `type:"list"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s DescribeTargetGroupAttributesOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s DescribeTargetGroupAttributesOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetAttributes sets the Attributes field's value. |
| func (s *DescribeTargetGroupAttributesOutput) SetAttributes(v []*TargetGroupAttribute) *DescribeTargetGroupAttributesOutput { |
| s.Attributes = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type DescribeTargetGroupsInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the load balancer. |
| LoadBalancerArn *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // The marker for the next set of results. (You received this marker from a |
| // previous call.) |
| Marker *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // The names of the target groups. |
| Names []*string `type:"list"` |
| |
| // The maximum number of results to return with this call. |
| PageSize *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"` |
| |
| // The Amazon Resource Names (ARN) of the target groups. |
| TargetGroupArns []*string `type:"list"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s DescribeTargetGroupsInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s DescribeTargetGroupsInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *DescribeTargetGroupsInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeTargetGroupsInput"} |
| if s.PageSize != nil && *s.PageSize < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("PageSize", 1)) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetLoadBalancerArn sets the LoadBalancerArn field's value. |
| func (s *DescribeTargetGroupsInput) SetLoadBalancerArn(v string) *DescribeTargetGroupsInput { |
| s.LoadBalancerArn = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. |
| func (s *DescribeTargetGroupsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeTargetGroupsInput { |
| s.Marker = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetNames sets the Names field's value. |
| func (s *DescribeTargetGroupsInput) SetNames(v []*string) *DescribeTargetGroupsInput { |
| s.Names = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetPageSize sets the PageSize field's value. |
| func (s *DescribeTargetGroupsInput) SetPageSize(v int64) *DescribeTargetGroupsInput { |
| s.PageSize = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetTargetGroupArns sets the TargetGroupArns field's value. |
| func (s *DescribeTargetGroupsInput) SetTargetGroupArns(v []*string) *DescribeTargetGroupsInput { |
| s.TargetGroupArns = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type DescribeTargetGroupsOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The marker to use when requesting the next set of results. If there are no |
| // additional results, the string is empty. |
| NextMarker *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // Information about the target groups. |
| TargetGroups []*TargetGroup `type:"list"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s DescribeTargetGroupsOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s DescribeTargetGroupsOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetNextMarker sets the NextMarker field's value. |
| func (s *DescribeTargetGroupsOutput) SetNextMarker(v string) *DescribeTargetGroupsOutput { |
| s.NextMarker = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetTargetGroups sets the TargetGroups field's value. |
| func (s *DescribeTargetGroupsOutput) SetTargetGroups(v []*TargetGroup) *DescribeTargetGroupsOutput { |
| s.TargetGroups = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type DescribeTargetHealthInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the target group. |
| // |
| // TargetGroupArn is a required field |
| TargetGroupArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // The targets. |
| Targets []*TargetDescription `type:"list"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s DescribeTargetHealthInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s DescribeTargetHealthInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *DescribeTargetHealthInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeTargetHealthInput"} |
| if s.TargetGroupArn == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetGroupArn")) |
| } |
| if s.Targets != nil { |
| for i, v := range s.Targets { |
| if v == nil { |
| continue |
| } |
| if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { |
| invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Targets", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetTargetGroupArn sets the TargetGroupArn field's value. |
| func (s *DescribeTargetHealthInput) SetTargetGroupArn(v string) *DescribeTargetHealthInput { |
| s.TargetGroupArn = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetTargets sets the Targets field's value. |
| func (s *DescribeTargetHealthInput) SetTargets(v []*TargetDescription) *DescribeTargetHealthInput { |
| s.Targets = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type DescribeTargetHealthOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Information about the health of the targets. |
| TargetHealthDescriptions []*TargetHealthDescription `type:"list"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s DescribeTargetHealthOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s DescribeTargetHealthOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetTargetHealthDescriptions sets the TargetHealthDescriptions field's value. |
| func (s *DescribeTargetHealthOutput) SetTargetHealthDescriptions(v []*TargetHealthDescription) *DescribeTargetHealthOutput { |
| s.TargetHealthDescriptions = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // Information about an action that returns a custom HTTP response. |
| type FixedResponseActionConfig struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The content type. |
| // |
| // Valid Values: text/plain | text/css | text/html | application/javascript |
| // | application/json |
| ContentType *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // The message. |
| MessageBody *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // The HTTP response code (2XX, 4XX, or 5XX). |
| // |
| // StatusCode is a required field |
| StatusCode *string `type:"string" required:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s FixedResponseActionConfig) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s FixedResponseActionConfig) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *FixedResponseActionConfig) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "FixedResponseActionConfig"} |
| if s.StatusCode == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("StatusCode")) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetContentType sets the ContentType field's value. |
| func (s *FixedResponseActionConfig) SetContentType(v string) *FixedResponseActionConfig { |
| s.ContentType = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetMessageBody sets the MessageBody field's value. |
| func (s *FixedResponseActionConfig) SetMessageBody(v string) *FixedResponseActionConfig { |
| s.MessageBody = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetStatusCode sets the StatusCode field's value. |
| func (s *FixedResponseActionConfig) SetStatusCode(v string) *FixedResponseActionConfig { |
| s.StatusCode = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // Information about an Elastic Load Balancing resource limit for your AWS account. |
| type Limit struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The maximum value of the limit. |
| Max *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // The name of the limit. The possible values are: |
| // |
| // * application-load-balancers |
| // |
| // * listeners-per-application-load-balancer |
| // |
| // * listeners-per-network-load-balancer |
| // |
| // * network-load-balancers |
| // |
| // * rules-per-application-load-balancer |
| // |
| // * target-groups |
| // |
| // * targets-per-application-load-balancer |
| // |
| // * targets-per-availability-zone-per-network-load-balancer |
| // |
| // * targets-per-network-load-balancer |
| Name *string `type:"string"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s Limit) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s Limit) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetMax sets the Max field's value. |
| func (s *Limit) SetMax(v string) *Limit { |
| s.Max = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetName sets the Name field's value. |
| func (s *Limit) SetName(v string) *Limit { |
| s.Name = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // Information about a listener. |
| type Listener struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The SSL server certificate. You must provide a certificate if the protocol |
| // is HTTPS or TLS. |
| Certificates []*Certificate `type:"list"` |
| |
| // The default actions for the listener. |
| DefaultActions []*Action `type:"list"` |
| |
| // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the listener. |
| ListenerArn *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the load balancer. |
| LoadBalancerArn *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // The port on which the load balancer is listening. |
| Port *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"` |
| |
| // The protocol for connections from clients to the load balancer. |
| Protocol *string `type:"string" enum:"ProtocolEnum"` |
| |
| // The security policy that defines which ciphers and protocols are supported. |
| // The default is the current predefined security policy. |
| SslPolicy *string `type:"string"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s Listener) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s Listener) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetCertificates sets the Certificates field's value. |
| func (s *Listener) SetCertificates(v []*Certificate) *Listener { |
| s.Certificates = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetDefaultActions sets the DefaultActions field's value. |
| func (s *Listener) SetDefaultActions(v []*Action) *Listener { |
| s.DefaultActions = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetListenerArn sets the ListenerArn field's value. |
| func (s *Listener) SetListenerArn(v string) *Listener { |
| s.ListenerArn = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetLoadBalancerArn sets the LoadBalancerArn field's value. |
| func (s *Listener) SetLoadBalancerArn(v string) *Listener { |
| s.LoadBalancerArn = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetPort sets the Port field's value. |
| func (s *Listener) SetPort(v int64) *Listener { |
| s.Port = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetProtocol sets the Protocol field's value. |
| func (s *Listener) SetProtocol(v string) *Listener { |
| s.Protocol = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetSslPolicy sets the SslPolicy field's value. |
| func (s *Listener) SetSslPolicy(v string) *Listener { |
| s.SslPolicy = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // Information about a load balancer. |
| type LoadBalancer struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The Availability Zones for the load balancer. |
| AvailabilityZones []*AvailabilityZone `type:"list"` |
| |
| // The ID of the Amazon Route 53 hosted zone associated with the load balancer. |
| CanonicalHostedZoneId *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // The date and time the load balancer was created. |
| CreatedTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` |
| |
| // The public DNS name of the load balancer. |
| DNSName *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // The type of IP addresses used by the subnets for your load balancer. The |
| // possible values are ipv4 (for IPv4 addresses) and dualstack (for IPv4 and |
| // IPv6 addresses). |
| IpAddressType *string `type:"string" enum:"IpAddressType"` |
| |
| // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the load balancer. |
| LoadBalancerArn *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // The name of the load balancer. |
| LoadBalancerName *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // The nodes of an Internet-facing load balancer have public IP addresses. The |
| // DNS name of an Internet-facing load balancer is publicly resolvable to the |
| // public IP addresses of the nodes. Therefore, Internet-facing load balancers |
| // can route requests from clients over the internet. |
| // |
| // The nodes of an internal load balancer have only private IP addresses. The |
| // DNS name of an internal load balancer is publicly resolvable to the private |
| // IP addresses of the nodes. Therefore, internal load balancers can only route |
| // requests from clients with access to the VPC for the load balancer. |
| Scheme *string `type:"string" enum:"LoadBalancerSchemeEnum"` |
| |
| // The IDs of the security groups for the load balancer. |
| SecurityGroups []*string `type:"list"` |
| |
| // The state of the load balancer. |
| State *LoadBalancerState `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The type of load balancer. |
| Type *string `type:"string" enum:"LoadBalancerTypeEnum"` |
| |
| // The ID of the VPC for the load balancer. |
| VpcId *string `type:"string"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s LoadBalancer) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s LoadBalancer) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value. |
| func (s *LoadBalancer) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*AvailabilityZone) *LoadBalancer { |
| s.AvailabilityZones = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetCanonicalHostedZoneId sets the CanonicalHostedZoneId field's value. |
| func (s *LoadBalancer) SetCanonicalHostedZoneId(v string) *LoadBalancer { |
| s.CanonicalHostedZoneId = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetCreatedTime sets the CreatedTime field's value. |
| func (s *LoadBalancer) SetCreatedTime(v time.Time) *LoadBalancer { |
| s.CreatedTime = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetDNSName sets the DNSName field's value. |
| func (s *LoadBalancer) SetDNSName(v string) *LoadBalancer { |
| s.DNSName = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetIpAddressType sets the IpAddressType field's value. |
| func (s *LoadBalancer) SetIpAddressType(v string) *LoadBalancer { |
| s.IpAddressType = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetLoadBalancerArn sets the LoadBalancerArn field's value. |
| func (s *LoadBalancer) SetLoadBalancerArn(v string) *LoadBalancer { |
| s.LoadBalancerArn = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetLoadBalancerName sets the LoadBalancerName field's value. |
| func (s *LoadBalancer) SetLoadBalancerName(v string) *LoadBalancer { |
| s.LoadBalancerName = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetScheme sets the Scheme field's value. |
| func (s *LoadBalancer) SetScheme(v string) *LoadBalancer { |
| s.Scheme = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetSecurityGroups sets the SecurityGroups field's value. |
| func (s *LoadBalancer) SetSecurityGroups(v []*string) *LoadBalancer { |
| s.SecurityGroups = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetState sets the State field's value. |
| func (s *LoadBalancer) SetState(v *LoadBalancerState) *LoadBalancer { |
| s.State = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetType sets the Type field's value. |
| func (s *LoadBalancer) SetType(v string) *LoadBalancer { |
| s.Type = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value. |
| func (s *LoadBalancer) SetVpcId(v string) *LoadBalancer { |
| s.VpcId = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // Information about a static IP address for a load balancer. |
| type LoadBalancerAddress struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // [Network Load Balancers] The allocation ID of the Elastic IP address. |
| AllocationId *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // The static IP address. |
| IpAddress *string `type:"string"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s LoadBalancerAddress) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s LoadBalancerAddress) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetAllocationId sets the AllocationId field's value. |
| func (s *LoadBalancerAddress) SetAllocationId(v string) *LoadBalancerAddress { |
| s.AllocationId = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetIpAddress sets the IpAddress field's value. |
| func (s *LoadBalancerAddress) SetIpAddress(v string) *LoadBalancerAddress { |
| s.IpAddress = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // Information about a load balancer attribute. |
| type LoadBalancerAttribute struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The name of the attribute. |
| // |
| // The following attributes are supported by both Application Load Balancers |
| // and Network Load Balancers: |
| // |
| // * deletion_protection.enabled - Indicates whether deletion protection |
| // is enabled. The value is true or false. The default is false. |
| // |
| // The following attributes are supported by only Application Load Balancers: |
| // |
| // * access_logs.s3.enabled - Indicates whether access logs are enabled. |
| // The value is true or false. The default is false. |
| // |
| // * access_logs.s3.bucket - The name of the S3 bucket for the access logs. |
| // This attribute is required if access logs are enabled. The bucket must |
| // exist in the same region as the load balancer and have a bucket policy |
| // that grants Elastic Load Balancing permissions to write to the bucket. |
| // |
| // * access_logs.s3.prefix - The prefix for the location in the S3 bucket |
| // for the access logs. |
| // |
| // * idle_timeout.timeout_seconds - The idle timeout value, in seconds. The |
| // valid range is 1-4000 seconds. The default is 60 seconds. |
| // |
| // * routing.http2.enabled - Indicates whether HTTP/2 is enabled. The value |
| // is true or false. The default is true. |
| // |
| // The following attributes are supported by only Network Load Balancers: |
| // |
| // * load_balancing.cross_zone.enabled - Indicates whether cross-zone load |
| // balancing is enabled. The value is true or false. The default is false. |
| Key *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // The value of the attribute. |
| Value *string `type:"string"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s LoadBalancerAttribute) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s LoadBalancerAttribute) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetKey sets the Key field's value. |
| func (s *LoadBalancerAttribute) SetKey(v string) *LoadBalancerAttribute { |
| s.Key = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetValue sets the Value field's value. |
| func (s *LoadBalancerAttribute) SetValue(v string) *LoadBalancerAttribute { |
| s.Value = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // Information about the state of the load balancer. |
| type LoadBalancerState struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The state code. The initial state of the load balancer is provisioning. After |
| // the load balancer is fully set up and ready to route traffic, its state is |
| // active. If the load balancer could not be set up, its state is failed. |
| Code *string `type:"string" enum:"LoadBalancerStateEnum"` |
| |
| // A description of the state. |
| Reason *string `type:"string"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s LoadBalancerState) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s LoadBalancerState) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetCode sets the Code field's value. |
| func (s *LoadBalancerState) SetCode(v string) *LoadBalancerState { |
| s.Code = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetReason sets the Reason field's value. |
| func (s *LoadBalancerState) SetReason(v string) *LoadBalancerState { |
| s.Reason = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // Information to use when checking for a successful response from a target. |
| type Matcher struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The HTTP codes. |
| // |
| // For Application Load Balancers, you can specify values between 200 and 499, |
| // and the default value is 200. You can specify multiple values (for example, |
| // "200,202") or a range of values (for example, "200-299"). |
| // |
| // For Network Load Balancers, this is 200–399. |
| // |
| // HttpCode is a required field |
| HttpCode *string `type:"string" required:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s Matcher) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s Matcher) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *Matcher) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Matcher"} |
| if s.HttpCode == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("HttpCode")) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetHttpCode sets the HttpCode field's value. |
| func (s *Matcher) SetHttpCode(v string) *Matcher { |
| s.HttpCode = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type ModifyListenerInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // [HTTPS and TLS listeners] The default SSL server certificate. You must provide |
| // exactly one certificate. Set CertificateArn to the certificate ARN but do |
| // not set IsDefault. |
| // |
| // To create a certificate list, use AddListenerCertificates. |
| Certificates []*Certificate `type:"list"` |
| |
| // The actions for the default rule. The rule must include one forward action |
| // or one or more fixed-response actions. |
| // |
| // If the action type is forward, you specify a target group. The protocol of |
| // the target group must be HTTP or HTTPS for an Application Load Balancer. |
| // The protocol of the target group must be TCP or TLS for a Network Load Balancer. |
| // |
| // [HTTPS listeners] If the action type is authenticate-oidc, you authenticate |
| // users through an identity provider that is OpenID Connect (OIDC) compliant. |
| // |
| // [HTTPS listeners] If the action type is authenticate-cognito, you authenticate |
| // users through the user pools supported by Amazon Cognito. |
| // |
| // [Application Load Balancer] If the action type is redirect, you redirect |
| // specified client requests from one URL to another. |
| // |
| // [Application Load Balancer] If the action type is fixed-response, you drop |
| // specified client requests and return a custom HTTP response. |
| DefaultActions []*Action `type:"list"` |
| |
| // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the listener. |
| // |
| // ListenerArn is a required field |
| ListenerArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // The port for connections from clients to the load balancer. |
| Port *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"` |
| |
| // The protocol for connections from clients to the load balancer. Application |
| // Load Balancers support the HTTP and HTTPS protocols. Network Load Balancers |
| // support the TCP and TLS protocols. |
| Protocol *string `type:"string" enum:"ProtocolEnum"` |
| |
| // [HTTPS and TLS listeners] The security policy that defines which protocols |
| // and ciphers are supported. For more information, see Security Policies (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/application/create-https-listener.html#describe-ssl-policies) |
| // in the Application Load Balancers Guide. |
| SslPolicy *string `type:"string"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s ModifyListenerInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s ModifyListenerInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *ModifyListenerInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyListenerInput"} |
| if s.ListenerArn == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ListenerArn")) |
| } |
| if s.Port != nil && *s.Port < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Port", 1)) |
| } |
| if s.DefaultActions != nil { |
| for i, v := range s.DefaultActions { |
| if v == nil { |
| continue |
| } |
| if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { |
| invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "DefaultActions", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetCertificates sets the Certificates field's value. |
| func (s *ModifyListenerInput) SetCertificates(v []*Certificate) *ModifyListenerInput { |
| s.Certificates = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetDefaultActions sets the DefaultActions field's value. |
| func (s *ModifyListenerInput) SetDefaultActions(v []*Action) *ModifyListenerInput { |
| s.DefaultActions = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetListenerArn sets the ListenerArn field's value. |
| func (s *ModifyListenerInput) SetListenerArn(v string) *ModifyListenerInput { |
| s.ListenerArn = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetPort sets the Port field's value. |
| func (s *ModifyListenerInput) SetPort(v int64) *ModifyListenerInput { |
| s.Port = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetProtocol sets the Protocol field's value. |
| func (s *ModifyListenerInput) SetProtocol(v string) *ModifyListenerInput { |
| s.Protocol = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetSslPolicy sets the SslPolicy field's value. |
| func (s *ModifyListenerInput) SetSslPolicy(v string) *ModifyListenerInput { |
| s.SslPolicy = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type ModifyListenerOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Information about the modified listener. |
| Listeners []*Listener `type:"list"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s ModifyListenerOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s ModifyListenerOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetListeners sets the Listeners field's value. |
| func (s *ModifyListenerOutput) SetListeners(v []*Listener) *ModifyListenerOutput { |
| s.Listeners = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The load balancer attributes. |
| // |
| // Attributes is a required field |
| Attributes []*LoadBalancerAttribute `type:"list" required:"true"` |
| |
| // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the load balancer. |
| // |
| // LoadBalancerArn is a required field |
| LoadBalancerArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesInput"} |
| if s.Attributes == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Attributes")) |
| } |
| if s.LoadBalancerArn == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("LoadBalancerArn")) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetAttributes sets the Attributes field's value. |
| func (s *ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesInput) SetAttributes(v []*LoadBalancerAttribute) *ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesInput { |
| s.Attributes = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetLoadBalancerArn sets the LoadBalancerArn field's value. |
| func (s *ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesInput) SetLoadBalancerArn(v string) *ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesInput { |
| s.LoadBalancerArn = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Information about the load balancer attributes. |
| Attributes []*LoadBalancerAttribute `type:"list"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetAttributes sets the Attributes field's value. |
| func (s *ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesOutput) SetAttributes(v []*LoadBalancerAttribute) *ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesOutput { |
| s.Attributes = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type ModifyRuleInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The actions. |
| // |
| // If the action type is forward, you specify a target group. The protocol of |
| // the target group must be HTTP or HTTPS for an Application Load Balancer. |
| // The protocol of the target group must be TCP or TLS for a Network Load Balancer. |
| // |
| // [HTTPS listeners] If the action type is authenticate-oidc, you authenticate |
| // users through an identity provider that is OpenID Connect (OIDC) compliant. |
| // |
| // [HTTPS listeners] If the action type is authenticate-cognito, you authenticate |
| // users through the user pools supported by Amazon Cognito. |
| // |
| // [Application Load Balancer] If the action type is redirect, you redirect |
| // specified client requests from one URL to another. |
| // |
| // [Application Load Balancer] If the action type is fixed-response, you drop |
| // specified client requests and return a custom HTTP response. |
| Actions []*Action `type:"list"` |
| |
| // The conditions. Each condition specifies a field name and a single value. |
| // |
| // If the field name is host-header, you can specify a single host name (for |
| // example, my.example.com). A host name is case insensitive, can be up to 128 |
| // characters in length, and can contain any of the following characters. You |
| // can include up to three wildcard characters. |
| // |
| // * A-Z, a-z, 0-9 |
| // |
| // * - . |
| // |
| // * * (matches 0 or more characters) |
| // |
| // * ? (matches exactly 1 character) |
| // |
| // If the field name is path-pattern, you can specify a single path pattern. |
| // A path pattern is case-sensitive, can be up to 128 characters in length, |
| // and can contain any of the following characters. You can include up to three |
| // wildcard characters. |
| // |
| // * A-Z, a-z, 0-9 |
| // |
| // * _ - . $ / ~ " ' @ : + |
| // |
| // * & (using &) |
| // |
| // * * (matches 0 or more characters) |
| // |
| // * ? (matches exactly 1 character) |
| Conditions []*RuleCondition `type:"list"` |
| |
| // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the rule. |
| // |
| // RuleArn is a required field |
| RuleArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s ModifyRuleInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s ModifyRuleInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *ModifyRuleInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyRuleInput"} |
| if s.RuleArn == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RuleArn")) |
| } |
| if s.Actions != nil { |
| for i, v := range s.Actions { |
| if v == nil { |
| continue |
| } |
| if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { |
| invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Actions", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetActions sets the Actions field's value. |
| func (s *ModifyRuleInput) SetActions(v []*Action) *ModifyRuleInput { |
| s.Actions = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetConditions sets the Conditions field's value. |
| func (s *ModifyRuleInput) SetConditions(v []*RuleCondition) *ModifyRuleInput { |
| s.Conditions = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetRuleArn sets the RuleArn field's value. |
| func (s *ModifyRuleInput) SetRuleArn(v string) *ModifyRuleInput { |
| s.RuleArn = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type ModifyRuleOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Information about the modified rule. |
| Rules []*Rule `type:"list"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s ModifyRuleOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s ModifyRuleOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetRules sets the Rules field's value. |
| func (s *ModifyRuleOutput) SetRules(v []*Rule) *ModifyRuleOutput { |
| s.Rules = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type ModifyTargetGroupAttributesInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The attributes. |
| // |
| // Attributes is a required field |
| Attributes []*TargetGroupAttribute `type:"list" required:"true"` |
| |
| // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the target group. |
| // |
| // TargetGroupArn is a required field |
| TargetGroupArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s ModifyTargetGroupAttributesInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s ModifyTargetGroupAttributesInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *ModifyTargetGroupAttributesInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyTargetGroupAttributesInput"} |
| if s.Attributes == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Attributes")) |
| } |
| if s.TargetGroupArn == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetGroupArn")) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetAttributes sets the Attributes field's value. |
| func (s *ModifyTargetGroupAttributesInput) SetAttributes(v []*TargetGroupAttribute) *ModifyTargetGroupAttributesInput { |
| s.Attributes = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetTargetGroupArn sets the TargetGroupArn field's value. |
| func (s *ModifyTargetGroupAttributesInput) SetTargetGroupArn(v string) *ModifyTargetGroupAttributesInput { |
| s.TargetGroupArn = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type ModifyTargetGroupAttributesOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Information about the attributes. |
| Attributes []*TargetGroupAttribute `type:"list"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s ModifyTargetGroupAttributesOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s ModifyTargetGroupAttributesOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetAttributes sets the Attributes field's value. |
| func (s *ModifyTargetGroupAttributesOutput) SetAttributes(v []*TargetGroupAttribute) *ModifyTargetGroupAttributesOutput { |
| s.Attributes = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type ModifyTargetGroupInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Indicates whether health checks are enabled. |
| HealthCheckEnabled *bool `type:"boolean"` |
| |
| // The approximate amount of time, in seconds, between health checks of an individual |
| // target. For Application Load Balancers, the range is 5–300 seconds. For Network |
| // Load Balancers, the supported values are 10 or 30 seconds. |
| // |
| // If the protocol of the target group is TCP, you can't modify this setting. |
| HealthCheckIntervalSeconds *int64 `min:"5" type:"integer"` |
| |
| // [HTTP/HTTPS health checks] The ping path that is the destination for the |
| // health check request. |
| HealthCheckPath *string `min:"1" type:"string"` |
| |
| // The port the load balancer uses when performing health checks on targets. |
| HealthCheckPort *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // The protocol the load balancer uses when performing health checks on targets. |
| // The TCP protocol is supported for health checks only if the protocol of the |
| // target group is TCP or TLS. The TLS protocol is not supported for health |
| // checks. |
| // |
| // If the protocol of the target group is TCP, you can't modify this setting. |
| HealthCheckProtocol *string `type:"string" enum:"ProtocolEnum"` |
| |
| // [HTTP/HTTPS health checks] The amount of time, in seconds, during which no |
| // response means a failed health check. |
| // |
| // If the protocol of the target group is TCP, you can't modify this setting. |
| HealthCheckTimeoutSeconds *int64 `min:"2" type:"integer"` |
| |
| // The number of consecutive health checks successes required before considering |
| // an unhealthy target healthy. |
| HealthyThresholdCount *int64 `min:"2" type:"integer"` |
| |
| // [HTTP/HTTPS health checks] The HTTP codes to use when checking for a successful |
| // response from a target. |
| // |
| // If the protocol of the target group is TCP, you can't modify this setting. |
| Matcher *Matcher `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the target group. |
| // |
| // TargetGroupArn is a required field |
| TargetGroupArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // The number of consecutive health check failures required before considering |
| // the target unhealthy. For Network Load Balancers, this value must be the |
| // same as the healthy threshold count. |
| UnhealthyThresholdCount *int64 `min:"2" type:"integer"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s ModifyTargetGroupInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s ModifyTargetGroupInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *ModifyTargetGroupInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyTargetGroupInput"} |
| if s.HealthCheckIntervalSeconds != nil && *s.HealthCheckIntervalSeconds < 5 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("HealthCheckIntervalSeconds", 5)) |
| } |
| if s.HealthCheckPath != nil && len(*s.HealthCheckPath) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("HealthCheckPath", 1)) |
| } |
| if s.HealthCheckTimeoutSeconds != nil && *s.HealthCheckTimeoutSeconds < 2 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("HealthCheckTimeoutSeconds", 2)) |
| } |
| if s.HealthyThresholdCount != nil && *s.HealthyThresholdCount < 2 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("HealthyThresholdCount", 2)) |
| } |
| if s.TargetGroupArn == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetGroupArn")) |
| } |
| if s.UnhealthyThresholdCount != nil && *s.UnhealthyThresholdCount < 2 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("UnhealthyThresholdCount", 2)) |
| } |
| if s.Matcher != nil { |
| if err := s.Matcher.Validate(); err != nil { |
| invalidParams.AddNested("Matcher", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetHealthCheckEnabled sets the HealthCheckEnabled field's value. |
| func (s *ModifyTargetGroupInput) SetHealthCheckEnabled(v bool) *ModifyTargetGroupInput { |
| s.HealthCheckEnabled = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetHealthCheckIntervalSeconds sets the HealthCheckIntervalSeconds field's value. |
| func (s *ModifyTargetGroupInput) SetHealthCheckIntervalSeconds(v int64) *ModifyTargetGroupInput { |
| s.HealthCheckIntervalSeconds = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetHealthCheckPath sets the HealthCheckPath field's value. |
| func (s *ModifyTargetGroupInput) SetHealthCheckPath(v string) *ModifyTargetGroupInput { |
| s.HealthCheckPath = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetHealthCheckPort sets the HealthCheckPort field's value. |
| func (s *ModifyTargetGroupInput) SetHealthCheckPort(v string) *ModifyTargetGroupInput { |
| s.HealthCheckPort = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetHealthCheckProtocol sets the HealthCheckProtocol field's value. |
| func (s *ModifyTargetGroupInput) SetHealthCheckProtocol(v string) *ModifyTargetGroupInput { |
| s.HealthCheckProtocol = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetHealthCheckTimeoutSeconds sets the HealthCheckTimeoutSeconds field's value. |
| func (s *ModifyTargetGroupInput) SetHealthCheckTimeoutSeconds(v int64) *ModifyTargetGroupInput { |
| s.HealthCheckTimeoutSeconds = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetHealthyThresholdCount sets the HealthyThresholdCount field's value. |
| func (s *ModifyTargetGroupInput) SetHealthyThresholdCount(v int64) *ModifyTargetGroupInput { |
| s.HealthyThresholdCount = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetMatcher sets the Matcher field's value. |
| func (s *ModifyTargetGroupInput) SetMatcher(v *Matcher) *ModifyTargetGroupInput { |
| s.Matcher = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetTargetGroupArn sets the TargetGroupArn field's value. |
| func (s *ModifyTargetGroupInput) SetTargetGroupArn(v string) *ModifyTargetGroupInput { |
| s.TargetGroupArn = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetUnhealthyThresholdCount sets the UnhealthyThresholdCount field's value. |
| func (s *ModifyTargetGroupInput) SetUnhealthyThresholdCount(v int64) *ModifyTargetGroupInput { |
| s.UnhealthyThresholdCount = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type ModifyTargetGroupOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Information about the modified target group. |
| TargetGroups []*TargetGroup `type:"list"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s ModifyTargetGroupOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s ModifyTargetGroupOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetTargetGroups sets the TargetGroups field's value. |
| func (s *ModifyTargetGroupOutput) SetTargetGroups(v []*TargetGroup) *ModifyTargetGroupOutput { |
| s.TargetGroups = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // Information about a redirect action. |
| // |
| // A URI consists of the following components: protocol://hostname:port/path?query. |
| // You must modify at least one of the following components to avoid a redirect |
| // loop: protocol, hostname, port, or path. Any components that you do not modify |
| // retain their original values. |
| // |
| // You can reuse URI components using the following reserved keywords: |
| // |
| // * #{protocol} |
| // |
| // * #{host} |
| // |
| // * #{port} |
| // |
| // * #{path} (the leading "/" is removed) |
| // |
| // * #{query} |
| // |
| // For example, you can change the path to "/new/#{path}", the hostname to "example.#{host}", |
| // or the query to "#{query}&value=xyz". |
| type RedirectActionConfig struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The hostname. This component is not percent-encoded. The hostname can contain |
| // #{host}. |
| Host *string `min:"1" type:"string"` |
| |
| // The absolute path, starting with the leading "/". This component is not percent-encoded. |
| // The path can contain #{host}, #{path}, and #{port}. |
| Path *string `min:"1" type:"string"` |
| |
| // The port. You can specify a value from 1 to 65535 or #{port}. |
| Port *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // The protocol. You can specify HTTP, HTTPS, or #{protocol}. You can redirect |
| // HTTP to HTTP, HTTP to HTTPS, and HTTPS to HTTPS. You cannot redirect HTTPS |
| // to HTTP. |
| Protocol *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // The query parameters, URL-encoded when necessary, but not percent-encoded. |
| // Do not include the leading "?", as it is automatically added. You can specify |
| // any of the reserved keywords. |
| Query *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // The HTTP redirect code. The redirect is either permanent (HTTP 301) or temporary |
| // (HTTP 302). |
| // |
| // StatusCode is a required field |
| StatusCode *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"RedirectActionStatusCodeEnum"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s RedirectActionConfig) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s RedirectActionConfig) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *RedirectActionConfig) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RedirectActionConfig"} |
| if s.Host != nil && len(*s.Host) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Host", 1)) |
| } |
| if s.Path != nil && len(*s.Path) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Path", 1)) |
| } |
| if s.StatusCode == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("StatusCode")) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetHost sets the Host field's value. |
| func (s *RedirectActionConfig) SetHost(v string) *RedirectActionConfig { |
| s.Host = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetPath sets the Path field's value. |
| func (s *RedirectActionConfig) SetPath(v string) *RedirectActionConfig { |
| s.Path = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetPort sets the Port field's value. |
| func (s *RedirectActionConfig) SetPort(v string) *RedirectActionConfig { |
| s.Port = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetProtocol sets the Protocol field's value. |
| func (s *RedirectActionConfig) SetProtocol(v string) *RedirectActionConfig { |
| s.Protocol = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetQuery sets the Query field's value. |
| func (s *RedirectActionConfig) SetQuery(v string) *RedirectActionConfig { |
| s.Query = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetStatusCode sets the StatusCode field's value. |
| func (s *RedirectActionConfig) SetStatusCode(v string) *RedirectActionConfig { |
| s.StatusCode = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type RegisterTargetsInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the target group. |
| // |
| // TargetGroupArn is a required field |
| TargetGroupArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // The targets. |
| // |
| // To register a target by instance ID, specify the instance ID. To register |
| // a target by IP address, specify the IP address. To register a Lambda function, |
| // specify the ARN of the Lambda function. |
| // |
| // Targets is a required field |
| Targets []*TargetDescription `type:"list" required:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s RegisterTargetsInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s RegisterTargetsInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *RegisterTargetsInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RegisterTargetsInput"} |
| if s.TargetGroupArn == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetGroupArn")) |
| } |
| if s.Targets == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Targets")) |
| } |
| if s.Targets != nil { |
| for i, v := range s.Targets { |
| if v == nil { |
| continue |
| } |
| if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { |
| invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Targets", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetTargetGroupArn sets the TargetGroupArn field's value. |
| func (s *RegisterTargetsInput) SetTargetGroupArn(v string) *RegisterTargetsInput { |
| s.TargetGroupArn = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetTargets sets the Targets field's value. |
| func (s *RegisterTargetsInput) SetTargets(v []*TargetDescription) *RegisterTargetsInput { |
| s.Targets = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type RegisterTargetsOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s RegisterTargetsOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s RegisterTargetsOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| type RemoveListenerCertificatesInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The certificate to remove. You can specify one certificate per call. Set |
| // CertificateArn to the certificate ARN but do not set IsDefault. |
| // |
| // Certificates is a required field |
| Certificates []*Certificate `type:"list" required:"true"` |
| |
| // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the listener. |
| // |
| // ListenerArn is a required field |
| ListenerArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s RemoveListenerCertificatesInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s RemoveListenerCertificatesInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *RemoveListenerCertificatesInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RemoveListenerCertificatesInput"} |
| if s.Certificates == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Certificates")) |
| } |
| if s.ListenerArn == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ListenerArn")) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetCertificates sets the Certificates field's value. |
| func (s *RemoveListenerCertificatesInput) SetCertificates(v []*Certificate) *RemoveListenerCertificatesInput { |
| s.Certificates = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetListenerArn sets the ListenerArn field's value. |
| func (s *RemoveListenerCertificatesInput) SetListenerArn(v string) *RemoveListenerCertificatesInput { |
| s.ListenerArn = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type RemoveListenerCertificatesOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s RemoveListenerCertificatesOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s RemoveListenerCertificatesOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| type RemoveTagsInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource. |
| // |
| // ResourceArns is a required field |
| ResourceArns []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` |
| |
| // The tag keys for the tags to remove. |
| // |
| // TagKeys is a required field |
| TagKeys []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s RemoveTagsInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s RemoveTagsInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *RemoveTagsInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RemoveTagsInput"} |
| if s.ResourceArns == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceArns")) |
| } |
| if s.TagKeys == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TagKeys")) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetResourceArns sets the ResourceArns field's value. |
| func (s *RemoveTagsInput) SetResourceArns(v []*string) *RemoveTagsInput { |
| s.ResourceArns = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetTagKeys sets the TagKeys field's value. |
| func (s *RemoveTagsInput) SetTagKeys(v []*string) *RemoveTagsInput { |
| s.TagKeys = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type RemoveTagsOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s RemoveTagsOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s RemoveTagsOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Information about a rule. |
| type Rule struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The actions. |
| Actions []*Action `type:"list"` |
| |
| // The conditions. |
| Conditions []*RuleCondition `type:"list"` |
| |
| // Indicates whether this is the default rule. |
| IsDefault *bool `type:"boolean"` |
| |
| // The priority. |
| Priority *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the rule. |
| RuleArn *string `type:"string"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s Rule) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s Rule) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetActions sets the Actions field's value. |
| func (s *Rule) SetActions(v []*Action) *Rule { |
| s.Actions = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetConditions sets the Conditions field's value. |
| func (s *Rule) SetConditions(v []*RuleCondition) *Rule { |
| s.Conditions = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetIsDefault sets the IsDefault field's value. |
| func (s *Rule) SetIsDefault(v bool) *Rule { |
| s.IsDefault = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetPriority sets the Priority field's value. |
| func (s *Rule) SetPriority(v string) *Rule { |
| s.Priority = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetRuleArn sets the RuleArn field's value. |
| func (s *Rule) SetRuleArn(v string) *Rule { |
| s.RuleArn = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // Information about a condition for a rule. |
| type RuleCondition struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The name of the field. The possible values are host-header and path-pattern. |
| Field *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // The condition value. |
| // |
| // If the field name is host-header, you can specify a single host name (for |
| // example, my.example.com). A host name is case insensitive, can be up to 128 |
| // characters in length, and can contain any of the following characters. You |
| // can include up to three wildcard characters. |
| // |
| // * A-Z, a-z, 0-9 |
| // |
| // * - . |
| // |
| // * * (matches 0 or more characters) |
| // |
| // * ? (matches exactly 1 character) |
| // |
| // If the field name is path-pattern, you can specify a single path pattern |
| // (for example, /img/*). A path pattern is case-sensitive, can be up to 128 |
| // characters in length, and can contain any of the following characters. You |
| // can include up to three wildcard characters. |
| // |
| // * A-Z, a-z, 0-9 |
| // |
| // * _ - . $ / ~ " ' @ : + |
| // |
| // * & (using &) |
| // |
| // * * (matches 0 or more characters) |
| // |
| // * ? (matches exactly 1 character) |
| Values []*string `type:"list"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s RuleCondition) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s RuleCondition) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetField sets the Field field's value. |
| func (s *RuleCondition) SetField(v string) *RuleCondition { |
| s.Field = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetValues sets the Values field's value. |
| func (s *RuleCondition) SetValues(v []*string) *RuleCondition { |
| s.Values = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // Information about the priorities for the rules for a listener. |
| type RulePriorityPair struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The rule priority. |
| Priority *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"` |
| |
| // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the rule. |
| RuleArn *string `type:"string"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s RulePriorityPair) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s RulePriorityPair) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *RulePriorityPair) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RulePriorityPair"} |
| if s.Priority != nil && *s.Priority < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Priority", 1)) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetPriority sets the Priority field's value. |
| func (s *RulePriorityPair) SetPriority(v int64) *RulePriorityPair { |
| s.Priority = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetRuleArn sets the RuleArn field's value. |
| func (s *RulePriorityPair) SetRuleArn(v string) *RulePriorityPair { |
| s.RuleArn = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type SetIpAddressTypeInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The IP address type. The possible values are ipv4 (for IPv4 addresses) and |
| // dualstack (for IPv4 and IPv6 addresses). Internal load balancers must use |
| // ipv4. |
| // |
| // IpAddressType is a required field |
| IpAddressType *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"IpAddressType"` |
| |
| // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the load balancer. |
| // |
| // LoadBalancerArn is a required field |
| LoadBalancerArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s SetIpAddressTypeInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s SetIpAddressTypeInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *SetIpAddressTypeInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "SetIpAddressTypeInput"} |
| if s.IpAddressType == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("IpAddressType")) |
| } |
| if s.LoadBalancerArn == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("LoadBalancerArn")) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetIpAddressType sets the IpAddressType field's value. |
| func (s *SetIpAddressTypeInput) SetIpAddressType(v string) *SetIpAddressTypeInput { |
| s.IpAddressType = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetLoadBalancerArn sets the LoadBalancerArn field's value. |
| func (s *SetIpAddressTypeInput) SetLoadBalancerArn(v string) *SetIpAddressTypeInput { |
| s.LoadBalancerArn = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type SetIpAddressTypeOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The IP address type. |
| IpAddressType *string `type:"string" enum:"IpAddressType"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s SetIpAddressTypeOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s SetIpAddressTypeOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetIpAddressType sets the IpAddressType field's value. |
| func (s *SetIpAddressTypeOutput) SetIpAddressType(v string) *SetIpAddressTypeOutput { |
| s.IpAddressType = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type SetRulePrioritiesInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The rule priorities. |
| // |
| // RulePriorities is a required field |
| RulePriorities []*RulePriorityPair `type:"list" required:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s SetRulePrioritiesInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s SetRulePrioritiesInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *SetRulePrioritiesInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "SetRulePrioritiesInput"} |
| if s.RulePriorities == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RulePriorities")) |
| } |
| if s.RulePriorities != nil { |
| for i, v := range s.RulePriorities { |
| if v == nil { |
| continue |
| } |
| if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { |
| invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "RulePriorities", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetRulePriorities sets the RulePriorities field's value. |
| func (s *SetRulePrioritiesInput) SetRulePriorities(v []*RulePriorityPair) *SetRulePrioritiesInput { |
| s.RulePriorities = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type SetRulePrioritiesOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Information about the rules. |
| Rules []*Rule `type:"list"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s SetRulePrioritiesOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s SetRulePrioritiesOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetRules sets the Rules field's value. |
| func (s *SetRulePrioritiesOutput) SetRules(v []*Rule) *SetRulePrioritiesOutput { |
| s.Rules = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type SetSecurityGroupsInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the load balancer. |
| // |
| // LoadBalancerArn is a required field |
| LoadBalancerArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // The IDs of the security groups. |
| // |
| // SecurityGroups is a required field |
| SecurityGroups []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s SetSecurityGroupsInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s SetSecurityGroupsInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *SetSecurityGroupsInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "SetSecurityGroupsInput"} |
| if s.LoadBalancerArn == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("LoadBalancerArn")) |
| } |
| if s.SecurityGroups == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SecurityGroups")) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetLoadBalancerArn sets the LoadBalancerArn field's value. |
| func (s *SetSecurityGroupsInput) SetLoadBalancerArn(v string) *SetSecurityGroupsInput { |
| s.LoadBalancerArn = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetSecurityGroups sets the SecurityGroups field's value. |
| func (s *SetSecurityGroupsInput) SetSecurityGroups(v []*string) *SetSecurityGroupsInput { |
| s.SecurityGroups = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type SetSecurityGroupsOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The IDs of the security groups associated with the load balancer. |
| SecurityGroupIds []*string `type:"list"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s SetSecurityGroupsOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s SetSecurityGroupsOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetSecurityGroupIds sets the SecurityGroupIds field's value. |
| func (s *SetSecurityGroupsOutput) SetSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *SetSecurityGroupsOutput { |
| s.SecurityGroupIds = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type SetSubnetsInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the load balancer. |
| // |
| // LoadBalancerArn is a required field |
| LoadBalancerArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // The IDs of the public subnets. You must specify subnets from at least two |
| // Availability Zones. You can specify only one subnet per Availability Zone. |
| // You must specify either subnets or subnet mappings. |
| // |
| // You cannot specify Elastic IP addresses for your subnets. |
| SubnetMappings []*SubnetMapping `type:"list"` |
| |
| // The IDs of the public subnets. You must specify subnets from at least two |
| // Availability Zones. You can specify only one subnet per Availability Zone. |
| // You must specify either subnets or subnet mappings. |
| Subnets []*string `type:"list"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s SetSubnetsInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s SetSubnetsInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *SetSubnetsInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "SetSubnetsInput"} |
| if s.LoadBalancerArn == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("LoadBalancerArn")) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetLoadBalancerArn sets the LoadBalancerArn field's value. |
| func (s *SetSubnetsInput) SetLoadBalancerArn(v string) *SetSubnetsInput { |
| s.LoadBalancerArn = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetSubnetMappings sets the SubnetMappings field's value. |
| func (s *SetSubnetsInput) SetSubnetMappings(v []*SubnetMapping) *SetSubnetsInput { |
| s.SubnetMappings = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetSubnets sets the Subnets field's value. |
| func (s *SetSubnetsInput) SetSubnets(v []*string) *SetSubnetsInput { |
| s.Subnets = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type SetSubnetsOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Information about the subnet and Availability Zone. |
| AvailabilityZones []*AvailabilityZone `type:"list"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s SetSubnetsOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s SetSubnetsOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value. |
| func (s *SetSubnetsOutput) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*AvailabilityZone) *SetSubnetsOutput { |
| s.AvailabilityZones = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // Information about a policy used for SSL negotiation. |
| type SslPolicy struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The ciphers. |
| Ciphers []*Cipher `type:"list"` |
| |
| // The name of the policy. |
| Name *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // The protocols. |
| SslProtocols []*string `type:"list"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s SslPolicy) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s SslPolicy) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetCiphers sets the Ciphers field's value. |
| func (s *SslPolicy) SetCiphers(v []*Cipher) *SslPolicy { |
| s.Ciphers = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetName sets the Name field's value. |
| func (s *SslPolicy) SetName(v string) *SslPolicy { |
| s.Name = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetSslProtocols sets the SslProtocols field's value. |
| func (s *SslPolicy) SetSslProtocols(v []*string) *SslPolicy { |
| s.SslProtocols = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // Information about a subnet mapping. |
| type SubnetMapping struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // [Network Load Balancers] The allocation ID of the Elastic IP address. |
| AllocationId *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // The ID of the subnet. |
| SubnetId *string `type:"string"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s SubnetMapping) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s SubnetMapping) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetAllocationId sets the AllocationId field's value. |
| func (s *SubnetMapping) SetAllocationId(v string) *SubnetMapping { |
| s.AllocationId = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetSubnetId sets the SubnetId field's value. |
| func (s *SubnetMapping) SetSubnetId(v string) *SubnetMapping { |
| s.SubnetId = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // Information about a tag. |
| type Tag struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The key of the tag. |
| // |
| // Key is a required field |
| Key *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // The value of the tag. |
| Value *string `type:"string"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s Tag) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s Tag) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *Tag) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Tag"} |
| if s.Key == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) |
| } |
| if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetKey sets the Key field's value. |
| func (s *Tag) SetKey(v string) *Tag { |
| s.Key = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetValue sets the Value field's value. |
| func (s *Tag) SetValue(v string) *Tag { |
| s.Value = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // The tags associated with a resource. |
| type TagDescription struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource. |
| ResourceArn *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // Information about the tags. |
| Tags []*Tag `min:"1" type:"list"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s TagDescription) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s TagDescription) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetResourceArn sets the ResourceArn field's value. |
| func (s *TagDescription) SetResourceArn(v string) *TagDescription { |
| s.ResourceArn = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetTags sets the Tags field's value. |
| func (s *TagDescription) SetTags(v []*Tag) *TagDescription { |
| s.Tags = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // Information about a target. |
| type TargetDescription struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // An Availability Zone or all. This determines whether the target receives |
| // traffic from the load balancer nodes in the specified Availability Zone or |
| // from all enabled Availability Zones for the load balancer. |
| // |
| // This parameter is not supported if the target type of the target group is |
| // instance. |
| // |
| // If the target type is ip and the IP address is in a subnet of the VPC for |
| // the target group, the Availability Zone is automatically detected and this |
| // parameter is optional. If the IP address is outside the VPC, this parameter |
| // is required. |
| // |
| // With an Application Load Balancer, if the target type is ip and the IP address |
| // is outside the VPC for the target group, the only supported value is all. |
| // |
| // If the target type is lambda, this parameter is optional and the only supported |
| // value is all. |
| AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // The ID of the target. If the target type of the target group is instance, |
| // specify an instance ID. If the target type is ip, specify an IP address. |
| // If the target type is lambda, specify the ARN of the Lambda function. |
| // |
| // Id is a required field |
| Id *string `type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // The port on which the target is listening. |
| Port *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s TargetDescription) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s TargetDescription) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *TargetDescription) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "TargetDescription"} |
| if s.Id == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id")) |
| } |
| if s.Port != nil && *s.Port < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Port", 1)) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value. |
| func (s *TargetDescription) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *TargetDescription { |
| s.AvailabilityZone = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetId sets the Id field's value. |
| func (s *TargetDescription) SetId(v string) *TargetDescription { |
| s.Id = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetPort sets the Port field's value. |
| func (s *TargetDescription) SetPort(v int64) *TargetDescription { |
| s.Port = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // Information about a target group. |
| type TargetGroup struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Indicates whether health checks are enabled. |
| HealthCheckEnabled *bool `type:"boolean"` |
| |
| // The approximate amount of time, in seconds, between health checks of an individual |
| // target. |
| HealthCheckIntervalSeconds *int64 `min:"5" type:"integer"` |
| |
| // The destination for the health check request. |
| HealthCheckPath *string `min:"1" type:"string"` |
| |
| // The port to use to connect with the target. |
| HealthCheckPort *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // The protocol to use to connect with the target. |
| HealthCheckProtocol *string `type:"string" enum:"ProtocolEnum"` |
| |
| // The amount of time, in seconds, during which no response means a failed health |
| // check. |
| HealthCheckTimeoutSeconds *int64 `min:"2" type:"integer"` |
| |
| // The number of consecutive health checks successes required before considering |
| // an unhealthy target healthy. |
| HealthyThresholdCount *int64 `min:"2" type:"integer"` |
| |
| // The Amazon Resource Names (ARN) of the load balancers that route traffic |
| // to this target group. |
| LoadBalancerArns []*string `type:"list"` |
| |
| // The HTTP codes to use when checking for a successful response from a target. |
| Matcher *Matcher `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The port on which the targets are listening. |
| Port *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"` |
| |
| // The protocol to use for routing traffic to the targets. |
| Protocol *string `type:"string" enum:"ProtocolEnum"` |
| |
| // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the target group. |
| TargetGroupArn *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // The name of the target group. |
| TargetGroupName *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // The type of target that you must specify when registering targets with this |
| // target group. The possible values are instance (targets are specified by |
| // instance ID) or ip (targets are specified by IP address). |
| TargetType *string `type:"string" enum:"TargetTypeEnum"` |
| |
| // The number of consecutive health check failures required before considering |
| // the target unhealthy. |
| UnhealthyThresholdCount *int64 `min:"2" type:"integer"` |
| |
| // The ID of the VPC for the targets. |
| VpcId *string `type:"string"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s TargetGroup) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s TargetGroup) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetHealthCheckEnabled sets the HealthCheckEnabled field's value. |
| func (s *TargetGroup) SetHealthCheckEnabled(v bool) *TargetGroup { |
| s.HealthCheckEnabled = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetHealthCheckIntervalSeconds sets the HealthCheckIntervalSeconds field's value. |
| func (s *TargetGroup) SetHealthCheckIntervalSeconds(v int64) *TargetGroup { |
| s.HealthCheckIntervalSeconds = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetHealthCheckPath sets the HealthCheckPath field's value. |
| func (s *TargetGroup) SetHealthCheckPath(v string) *TargetGroup { |
| s.HealthCheckPath = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetHealthCheckPort sets the HealthCheckPort field's value. |
| func (s *TargetGroup) SetHealthCheckPort(v string) *TargetGroup { |
| s.HealthCheckPort = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetHealthCheckProtocol sets the HealthCheckProtocol field's value. |
| func (s *TargetGroup) SetHealthCheckProtocol(v string) *TargetGroup { |
| s.HealthCheckProtocol = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetHealthCheckTimeoutSeconds sets the HealthCheckTimeoutSeconds field's value. |
| func (s *TargetGroup) SetHealthCheckTimeoutSeconds(v int64) *TargetGroup { |
| s.HealthCheckTimeoutSeconds = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetHealthyThresholdCount sets the HealthyThresholdCount field's value. |
| func (s *TargetGroup) SetHealthyThresholdCount(v int64) *TargetGroup { |
| s.HealthyThresholdCount = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetLoadBalancerArns sets the LoadBalancerArns field's value. |
| func (s *TargetGroup) SetLoadBalancerArns(v []*string) *TargetGroup { |
| s.LoadBalancerArns = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetMatcher sets the Matcher field's value. |
| func (s *TargetGroup) SetMatcher(v *Matcher) *TargetGroup { |
| s.Matcher = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetPort sets the Port field's value. |
| func (s *TargetGroup) SetPort(v int64) *TargetGroup { |
| s.Port = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetProtocol sets the Protocol field's value. |
| func (s *TargetGroup) SetProtocol(v string) *TargetGroup { |
| s.Protocol = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetTargetGroupArn sets the TargetGroupArn field's value. |
| func (s *TargetGroup) SetTargetGroupArn(v string) *TargetGroup { |
| s.TargetGroupArn = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetTargetGroupName sets the TargetGroupName field's value. |
| func (s *TargetGroup) SetTargetGroupName(v string) *TargetGroup { |
| s.TargetGroupName = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetTargetType sets the TargetType field's value. |
| func (s *TargetGroup) SetTargetType(v string) *TargetGroup { |
| s.TargetType = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetUnhealthyThresholdCount sets the UnhealthyThresholdCount field's value. |
| func (s *TargetGroup) SetUnhealthyThresholdCount(v int64) *TargetGroup { |
| s.UnhealthyThresholdCount = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value. |
| func (s *TargetGroup) SetVpcId(v string) *TargetGroup { |
| s.VpcId = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // Information about a target group attribute. |
| type TargetGroupAttribute struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The name of the attribute. |
| // |
| // The following attribute is supported by both Application Load Balancers and |
| // Network Load Balancers: |
| // |
| // * deregistration_delay.timeout_seconds - The amount of time, in seconds, |
| // for Elastic Load Balancing to wait before changing the state of a deregistering |
| // target from draining to unused. The range is 0-3600 seconds. The default |
| // value is 300 seconds. If the target is a Lambda function, this attribute |
| // is not supported. |
| // |
| // The following attributes are supported by Application Load Balancers if the |
| // target is not a Lambda function: |
| // |
| // * slow_start.duration_seconds - The time period, in seconds, during which |
| // a newly registered target receives a linearly increasing share of the |
| // traffic to the target group. After this time period ends, the target receives |
| // its full share of traffic. The range is 30-900 seconds (15 minutes). Slow |
| // start mode is disabled by default. |
| // |
| // * stickiness.enabled - Indicates whether sticky sessions are enabled. |
| // The value is true or false. The default is false. |
| // |
| // * stickiness.type - The type of sticky sessions. The possible value is |
| // lb_cookie. |
| // |
| // * stickiness.lb_cookie.duration_seconds - The time period, in seconds, |
| // during which requests from a client should be routed to the same target. |
| // After this time period expires, the load balancer-generated cookie is |
| // considered stale. The range is 1 second to 1 week (604800 seconds). The |
| // default value is 1 day (86400 seconds). |
| // |
| // The following attribute is supported only if the target is a Lambda function. |
| // |
| // * lambda.multi_value_headers.enabled - Indicates whether the request and |
| // response headers exchanged between the load balancer and the Lambda function |
| // include arrays of values or strings. The value is true or false. The default |
| // is false. If the value is false and the request contains a duplicate header |
| // field name or query parameter key, the load balancer uses the last value |
| // sent by the client. |
| // |
| // The following attribute is supported only by Network Load Balancers: |
| // |
| // * proxy_protocol_v2.enabled - Indicates whether Proxy Protocol version |
| // 2 is enabled. The value is true or false. The default is false. |
| Key *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // The value of the attribute. |
| Value *string `type:"string"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s TargetGroupAttribute) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s TargetGroupAttribute) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetKey sets the Key field's value. |
| func (s *TargetGroupAttribute) SetKey(v string) *TargetGroupAttribute { |
| s.Key = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetValue sets the Value field's value. |
| func (s *TargetGroupAttribute) SetValue(v string) *TargetGroupAttribute { |
| s.Value = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // Information about the current health of a target. |
| type TargetHealth struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // A description of the target health that provides additional details. If the |
| // state is healthy, a description is not provided. |
| Description *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // The reason code. |
| // |
| // If the target state is healthy, a reason code is not provided. |
| // |
| // If the target state is initial, the reason code can be one of the following |
| // values: |
| // |
| // * Elb.RegistrationInProgress - The target is in the process of being registered |
| // with the load balancer. |
| // |
| // * Elb.InitialHealthChecking - The load balancer is still sending the target |
| // the minimum number of health checks required to determine its health status. |
| // |
| // If the target state is unhealthy, the reason code can be one of the following |
| // values: |
| // |
| // * Target.ResponseCodeMismatch - The health checks did not return an expected |
| // HTTP code. |
| // |
| // * Target.Timeout - The health check requests timed out. |
| // |
| // * Target.FailedHealthChecks - The health checks failed because the connection |
| // to the target timed out, the target response was malformed, or the target |
| // failed the health check for an unknown reason. |
| // |
| // * Elb.InternalError - The health checks failed due to an internal error. |
| // |
| // If the target state is unused, the reason code can be one of the following |
| // values: |
| // |
| // * Target.NotRegistered - The target is not registered with the target |
| // group. |
| // |
| // * Target.NotInUse - The target group is not used by any load balancer |
| // or the target is in an Availability Zone that is not enabled for its load |
| // balancer. |
| // |
| // * Target.IpUnusable - The target IP address is reserved for use by a load |
| // balancer. |
| // |
| // * Target.InvalidState - The target is in the stopped or terminated state. |
| // |
| // If the target state is draining, the reason code can be the following value: |
| // |
| // * Target.DeregistrationInProgress - The target is in the process of being |
| // deregistered and the deregistration delay period has not expired. |
| // |
| // If the target state is unavailable, the reason code can be the following |
| // value: |
| // |
| // * Target.HealthCheckDisabled - Health checks are disabled for the target |
| // group. |
| Reason *string `type:"string" enum:"TargetHealthReasonEnum"` |
| |
| // The state of the target. |
| State *string `type:"string" enum:"TargetHealthStateEnum"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s TargetHealth) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s TargetHealth) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetDescription sets the Description field's value. |
| func (s *TargetHealth) SetDescription(v string) *TargetHealth { |
| s.Description = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetReason sets the Reason field's value. |
| func (s *TargetHealth) SetReason(v string) *TargetHealth { |
| s.Reason = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetState sets the State field's value. |
| func (s *TargetHealth) SetState(v string) *TargetHealth { |
| s.State = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // Information about the health of a target. |
| type TargetHealthDescription struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The port to use to connect with the target. |
| HealthCheckPort *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // The description of the target. |
| Target *TargetDescription `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The health information for the target. |
| TargetHealth *TargetHealth `type:"structure"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s TargetHealthDescription) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s TargetHealthDescription) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetHealthCheckPort sets the HealthCheckPort field's value. |
| func (s *TargetHealthDescription) SetHealthCheckPort(v string) *TargetHealthDescription { |
| s.HealthCheckPort = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetTarget sets the Target field's value. |
| func (s *TargetHealthDescription) SetTarget(v *TargetDescription) *TargetHealthDescription { |
| s.Target = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetTargetHealth sets the TargetHealth field's value. |
| func (s *TargetHealthDescription) SetTargetHealth(v *TargetHealth) *TargetHealthDescription { |
| s.TargetHealth = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| const ( |
| // ActionTypeEnumForward is a ActionTypeEnum enum value |
| ActionTypeEnumForward = "forward" |
| |
| // ActionTypeEnumAuthenticateOidc is a ActionTypeEnum enum value |
| ActionTypeEnumAuthenticateOidc = "authenticate-oidc" |
| |
| // ActionTypeEnumAuthenticateCognito is a ActionTypeEnum enum value |
| ActionTypeEnumAuthenticateCognito = "authenticate-cognito" |
| |
| // ActionTypeEnumRedirect is a ActionTypeEnum enum value |
| ActionTypeEnumRedirect = "redirect" |
| |
| // ActionTypeEnumFixedResponse is a ActionTypeEnum enum value |
| ActionTypeEnumFixedResponse = "fixed-response" |
| ) |
| |
| const ( |
| // AuthenticateCognitoActionConditionalBehaviorEnumDeny is a AuthenticateCognitoActionConditionalBehaviorEnum enum value |
| AuthenticateCognitoActionConditionalBehaviorEnumDeny = "deny" |
| |
| // AuthenticateCognitoActionConditionalBehaviorEnumAllow is a AuthenticateCognitoActionConditionalBehaviorEnum enum value |
| AuthenticateCognitoActionConditionalBehaviorEnumAllow = "allow" |
| |
| // AuthenticateCognitoActionConditionalBehaviorEnumAuthenticate is a AuthenticateCognitoActionConditionalBehaviorEnum enum value |
| AuthenticateCognitoActionConditionalBehaviorEnumAuthenticate = "authenticate" |
| ) |
| |
| const ( |
| // AuthenticateOidcActionConditionalBehaviorEnumDeny is a AuthenticateOidcActionConditionalBehaviorEnum enum value |
| AuthenticateOidcActionConditionalBehaviorEnumDeny = "deny" |
| |
| // AuthenticateOidcActionConditionalBehaviorEnumAllow is a AuthenticateOidcActionConditionalBehaviorEnum enum value |
| AuthenticateOidcActionConditionalBehaviorEnumAllow = "allow" |
| |
| // AuthenticateOidcActionConditionalBehaviorEnumAuthenticate is a AuthenticateOidcActionConditionalBehaviorEnum enum value |
| AuthenticateOidcActionConditionalBehaviorEnumAuthenticate = "authenticate" |
| ) |
| |
| const ( |
| // IpAddressTypeIpv4 is a IpAddressType enum value |
| IpAddressTypeIpv4 = "ipv4" |
| |
| // IpAddressTypeDualstack is a IpAddressType enum value |
| IpAddressTypeDualstack = "dualstack" |
| ) |
| |
| const ( |
| // LoadBalancerSchemeEnumInternetFacing is a LoadBalancerSchemeEnum enum value |
| LoadBalancerSchemeEnumInternetFacing = "internet-facing" |
| |
| // LoadBalancerSchemeEnumInternal is a LoadBalancerSchemeEnum enum value |
| LoadBalancerSchemeEnumInternal = "internal" |
| ) |
| |
| const ( |
| // LoadBalancerStateEnumActive is a LoadBalancerStateEnum enum value |
| LoadBalancerStateEnumActive = "active" |
| |
| // LoadBalancerStateEnumProvisioning is a LoadBalancerStateEnum enum value |
| LoadBalancerStateEnumProvisioning = "provisioning" |
| |
| // LoadBalancerStateEnumActiveImpaired is a LoadBalancerStateEnum enum value |
| LoadBalancerStateEnumActiveImpaired = "active_impaired" |
| |
| // LoadBalancerStateEnumFailed is a LoadBalancerStateEnum enum value |
| LoadBalancerStateEnumFailed = "failed" |
| ) |
| |
| const ( |
| // LoadBalancerTypeEnumApplication is a LoadBalancerTypeEnum enum value |
| LoadBalancerTypeEnumApplication = "application" |
| |
| // LoadBalancerTypeEnumNetwork is a LoadBalancerTypeEnum enum value |
| LoadBalancerTypeEnumNetwork = "network" |
| ) |
| |
| const ( |
| // ProtocolEnumHttp is a ProtocolEnum enum value |
| ProtocolEnumHttp = "HTTP" |
| |
| // ProtocolEnumHttps is a ProtocolEnum enum value |
| ProtocolEnumHttps = "HTTPS" |
| |
| // ProtocolEnumTcp is a ProtocolEnum enum value |
| ProtocolEnumTcp = "TCP" |
| |
| // ProtocolEnumTls is a ProtocolEnum enum value |
| ProtocolEnumTls = "TLS" |
| ) |
| |
| const ( |
| // RedirectActionStatusCodeEnumHttp301 is a RedirectActionStatusCodeEnum enum value |
| RedirectActionStatusCodeEnumHttp301 = "HTTP_301" |
| |
| // RedirectActionStatusCodeEnumHttp302 is a RedirectActionStatusCodeEnum enum value |
| RedirectActionStatusCodeEnumHttp302 = "HTTP_302" |
| ) |
| |
| const ( |
| // TargetHealthReasonEnumElbRegistrationInProgress is a TargetHealthReasonEnum enum value |
| TargetHealthReasonEnumElbRegistrationInProgress = "Elb.RegistrationInProgress" |
| |
| // TargetHealthReasonEnumElbInitialHealthChecking is a TargetHealthReasonEnum enum value |
| TargetHealthReasonEnumElbInitialHealthChecking = "Elb.InitialHealthChecking" |
| |
| // TargetHealthReasonEnumTargetResponseCodeMismatch is a TargetHealthReasonEnum enum value |
| TargetHealthReasonEnumTargetResponseCodeMismatch = "Target.ResponseCodeMismatch" |
| |
| // TargetHealthReasonEnumTargetTimeout is a TargetHealthReasonEnum enum value |
| TargetHealthReasonEnumTargetTimeout = "Target.Timeout" |
| |
| // TargetHealthReasonEnumTargetFailedHealthChecks is a TargetHealthReasonEnum enum value |
| TargetHealthReasonEnumTargetFailedHealthChecks = "Target.FailedHealthChecks" |
| |
| // TargetHealthReasonEnumTargetNotRegistered is a TargetHealthReasonEnum enum value |
| TargetHealthReasonEnumTargetNotRegistered = "Target.NotRegistered" |
| |
| // TargetHealthReasonEnumTargetNotInUse is a TargetHealthReasonEnum enum value |
| TargetHealthReasonEnumTargetNotInUse = "Target.NotInUse" |
| |
| // TargetHealthReasonEnumTargetDeregistrationInProgress is a TargetHealthReasonEnum enum value |
| TargetHealthReasonEnumTargetDeregistrationInProgress = "Target.DeregistrationInProgress" |
| |
| // TargetHealthReasonEnumTargetInvalidState is a TargetHealthReasonEnum enum value |
| TargetHealthReasonEnumTargetInvalidState = "Target.InvalidState" |
| |
| // TargetHealthReasonEnumTargetIpUnusable is a TargetHealthReasonEnum enum value |
| TargetHealthReasonEnumTargetIpUnusable = "Target.IpUnusable" |
| |
| // TargetHealthReasonEnumTargetHealthCheckDisabled is a TargetHealthReasonEnum enum value |
| TargetHealthReasonEnumTargetHealthCheckDisabled = "Target.HealthCheckDisabled" |
| |
| // TargetHealthReasonEnumElbInternalError is a TargetHealthReasonEnum enum value |
| TargetHealthReasonEnumElbInternalError = "Elb.InternalError" |
| ) |
| |
| const ( |
| // TargetHealthStateEnumInitial is a TargetHealthStateEnum enum value |
| TargetHealthStateEnumInitial = "initial" |
| |
| // TargetHealthStateEnumHealthy is a TargetHealthStateEnum enum value |
| TargetHealthStateEnumHealthy = "healthy" |
| |
| // TargetHealthStateEnumUnhealthy is a TargetHealthStateEnum enum value |
| TargetHealthStateEnumUnhealthy = "unhealthy" |
| |
| // TargetHealthStateEnumUnused is a TargetHealthStateEnum enum value |
| TargetHealthStateEnumUnused = "unused" |
| |
| // TargetHealthStateEnumDraining is a TargetHealthStateEnum enum value |
| TargetHealthStateEnumDraining = "draining" |
| |
| // TargetHealthStateEnumUnavailable is a TargetHealthStateEnum enum value |
| TargetHealthStateEnumUnavailable = "unavailable" |
| ) |
| |
| const ( |
| // TargetTypeEnumInstance is a TargetTypeEnum enum value |
| TargetTypeEnumInstance = "instance" |
| |
| // TargetTypeEnumIp is a TargetTypeEnum enum value |
| TargetTypeEnumIp = "ip" |
| |
| // TargetTypeEnumLambda is a TargetTypeEnum enum value |
| TargetTypeEnumLambda = "lambda" |
| ) |
